1. DL manuals
  2. Aastra
  3. IP Phone
  4. 675i Series
  5. Administrator's Manual

Aastra 675i Series Administrator's Manual

Manual is about: SIP IP Phone

Summary of 675i Series

  • Page 1

    Administrator guide release 2.4 si sip i ip phone phone 41-001160-03 rev 00 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct and 675xi series phones and 675xi series phones draft 1.

  • Page 2

    Aastra telecom will not accept liability for any damages and/or long distance charges, which result from unauthorized and/or unlawful use. While every effort has been made to ensure accuracy, aastra telecom will not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained within this docum...

  • Page 3: Software License Agreement

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 iii software license agreement aastra telecom inc., hereinafter known as "seller", grants to customer a personal, worldwide, non-transferable, non-sublicenseable and non-exclusive, restricted use license to use software in object form solely with the equipment for w...

  • Page 4

    Draft 1.

  • Page 5: Expat Xml Parser

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 v third party copyright compliance this product contains software provided under license to aastra telecom by one or more third parties. In addition to the aastra sla shown above, use and distribution of this product is subject to the following license terms: expat ...

  • Page 6: M5T Sip Stack - M5T

    Vi 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 m5t sip stack - m5t portions of this software are © 1997 - 2006 m5t a division of media5 corporation ("m5t( tm )"). All intellectual property rights in such portions of the software and documentation are owned by m5t and are protected by canadian copyright laws, ...

  • Page 7: Openssl License

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 vii openssl license /* ============================================================ * copyright (c) 1998-2007 the openssl project. All rights reserved. * * redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that...

  • Page 8: Original Ssleay License

    Viii 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 * "this product includes software developed by the openssl project * for use in the openssl toolkit (http://www.Openssl.Org/)" * * this software is provided by the openssl project ``as is'' and any * expressed or implied warranties, including, but not limited t...

  • Page 9

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ix * the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions * apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the rc4, rsa, * lhash, des, etc., code; not just the ssl code. The ssl documentation * included with this distribution is covered by the same...

  • Page 10

    X 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 * implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose * are disclaimed. In no event shall the author or contributors be liable * for any direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, or consequential * damages (including, but not limited...

  • Page 11: Libsrtp (Srtp) - Cisco

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xi libsrtp (srtp) - cisco copyright (c) 2001-2005 cisco systems, inc. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: • redistributions of source code...

  • Page 12: Upnp - Intel

    Xii 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 wind river systems - vxworks software the vxworks run-time software module is copyright (c) windriver systems inc, all rights reserved. It is licensed for use, not sold. All use of this product and the vxworks run-time module is subject to agreement with the fol...

  • Page 13

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xiii 1. You may not copy, modify, rent, sell, distribute or transfer any part of the software except as provided in this agreement, and you agree to prevent unauthorized copying of the software. 2. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the software...

  • Page 14

    Xiv 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 limitation of liability for implied warranties or consequential or incidental damages, so the above limitation may not apply to you. You may also have other legal rights that vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Termination of this agreement. Intel may termin...

  • Page 15: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 v c o n ten ts contents software license agreement iii third party copyright compliance v expat xml parser ....................................................................................................1-v . M5t sip stack - m5t ....................................

  • Page 16: Contents

    Vi 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 contents model 6755i ip phone ............................................................................................1-23 . Model 6757i and 6757i ct ip phones ...................................................................1-27 . Firmware installation inf...

  • Page 17: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 vii c o n ten ts softkeys, programmable keys, expansion module keys ......................................3-72 . Action uri ..............................................................................................................3-73 . Configuration server sett...

  • Page 18: Contents

    Viii 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 contents live dial pad* .........................................................................................................5-33 . Language ...............................................................................................................5-34 ...

  • Page 19: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ix c o n ten ts speeddial/conference key (not applicable to the 6751i) .....................................5-184 . Automatic call distribution (acd) (for sylantro servers) .....................................5-188 . Acd subscription period ...........................

  • Page 20: Contents

    X 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 contents update caller id during a call .................................................................................6-8 . Boot sequence recovery mode ..............................................................................6-9 . Auto-discovery using mdns...

  • Page 21: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xi c o n ten ts chapter 9 troubleshooting . About this chapter ...........................................................................................................9-1 . Troubleshooting .............................................................................

  • Page 22: Contents

    Xii 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 contents local sip tls port ................................................................................................ A-32 . Https client and server settings ........................................................................ A-33 . Https server cert...

  • Page 23: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xiii c o n ten ts action uri settings ............................................................................................. A-135 . Xml sip notify settings ...................................................................................... A-141 . Polling...

  • Page 24: Contents

    Xiv 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 contents locking the save and dlete keys (6753i) ....................................................... A-229 . Enabling/disabling ability to add/edit speeddial keys ....................................... A-230 . Blf list uri settings ............................

  • Page 25: Ten

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xv c o n ten ts 6757i ct sample configuration file ..................................................................... C-12 . 6753i sample configuration file ........................................................................... C-29 . Appendix d sample blf s...

  • Page 26

    Non-blocking http connections ......................................................................... F-90 . Xml sip notify ...................................................................................................... F-91 . Limited warranty . Draft 1.

  • Page 27: Preface

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xvii preface about this guide introduction this sip ip phone administrator guide provides information on the basic network setup, operation, and maintenance of the ip phones, models 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct and the 675xi series ip phones (6751i, 6753i, 6755i, 6757i, a...

  • Page 28: Other Documentation

    About this guide xviii 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide other documentation the ip phone documentation consists of: • sip ip phone installation guide – contains installation and set-up instructions, information on general features and functions, and basic options list c...

  • Page 29

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 xix chapters and appendixes in this guide this guide contains the following chapters and appendixes: for go to an overview of the ip phones and the ip phone firmware installation information chapter 1 ip phone interface methods chapter 2 administrator options inform...

  • Page 30

    Draft 1.

  • Page 31: Chapter 1

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-1 chapter 1 overview about this chapter introduction this chapter briefly describes the ip phone models, and provides information about installing the ip phone firmware. It also describes the firmware and configuration files that the ip phone models use for operat...

  • Page 32

    About this chapter 1-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide firmware and configuration files page 1-36 configuration file precedence page 1-38 installing the firmware/configuration files page 1-39 topic page draft 1.

  • Page 33: Ip Phone Models

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-3 overview ip phone models description all aastra sip ip phone models communicate over an ip network allowing you to receive and place calls in the same manner as a regular business telephone. All phone models support the session initiation protoco...

  • Page 34

    Ip phone models 1-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide optional accessories the following are optional accessories for the ip phones. 6755i 6757i 6757i ct 6753i 6751i power over ethernet (poe) additional ethernet cable (category 5/5e straight through inline power injector...

  • Page 35

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-5 overview a power over ethernet (poe) inline power injector supplies 48v power to the ip phone through the ethernet cable on pins 4 & 5 and 7 & 8. Reference for more information about installing the poe and additional ethernet cable, see your phon...

  • Page 36: Model 9143I Ip Phone

    Ip phone models 1-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide model 9143i ip phone this section provides brief information about the model 9143i ip phone. It includes a list of features and describes the hard keys on the 9143i. 9143i phone features • 3-line lcd screen • 3 call a...

  • Page 37

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-7 overview 9143i symbol key descriptions* keys key description navigation keys - pressing the up and down arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the lcd display (if there is more than 1 line of status/text messages). These b...

  • Page 38

    Ip phone models 1-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide line/call appearance key - connects you to a line or call. The aastra 9143i ip phone supports up to 3 line keys. Handsfree key - activates handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset. When the...

  • Page 39

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-9 overview *see the aastra 9143i user guide for more information about each of these keys. Programmable keys - allows you to use the feature configured for that key. You can program up to 7 keys with a specific function. By default, there are no fu...

  • Page 40

    Model 9480i and 9480i ct ip phones this section provides brief information about the models 9480i and 9480i ct ip phones. It includes a list of features and describes the hard keys on these models. 9480i and 9480i ct phone features • 5 line graphical lcd screen with large backlit display • 6 multi-f...

  • Page 41

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-11 overview 9480i and 9480i ct key descriptions* keys key description goodbye key - ends an active call. The goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the options list, without saving changes. Options key - accesses options to customize your pho...

  • Page 42

    Ip phone models 1-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide *see the aastra 9480i and 9480i ct user guides for more information about each of these keys. Navigation keys - pressing the up and down arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the lcd display ...

  • Page 43

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-13 overview 9480i ct cordless handset features • 5 line backlit display screen • 2 multi-functional softkeys • programmable function key supports up to 14 functions • vibration alerter • headset jack • desk charging stand draft 1.

  • Page 44

    Ip phone models 1-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 9480i ct cordless handset key descriptions* *see the aastra 9480i ct user guide for more information about each of these keys. Function # function description 1 receiver 2 volume key during ringing: adjusts ringer vo...

  • Page 45: Model 6751I Ip Phone

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-15 overview model 6751i ip phone this section provides brief information about the model 6751i ip phone. It includes a list of features and describes the hard keys on the 6751i. The 6751i is available with a symbol keypad or a text keypad. 6751i ph...

  • Page 46

    Ip phone models 1-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6751i symbol key descriptions*. Keys key description goodbye key - ends an active call. The goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the options list, without saving changes. Services key - accesses services and ...

  • Page 47

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-17 overview *see the aastra 6751i user guide for more information about each of these keys. Mute key - mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you. Navigation keys - pressing the up and down arrow keys lets you view different status an...

  • Page 48

    Ip phone models 1-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6751i text key descriptions*. Keys key description goodbye key - ends an active call. The goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the options list, without saving changes. Services key - accesses services and op...

  • Page 49

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-19 overview *see the aastra 6751i user guide for more information about each of these keys. Mute key - mutes the microphone so that your caller cannot hear you. Navigation keys - pressing the up and down arrow keys lets you view different status an...

  • Page 50: Model 6753I Ip Phone

    Ip phone models 1-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide model 6753i ip phone this section provides brief information about the model 6753i ip phone. It includes a list of features, and describes the hard keys and default programmable keys on the 6753i. 6753i phone feature...

  • Page 51

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-21 overview 6753i key descriptions* keys key description goodbye key - ends an active call. The goodbye key also exits an open list, such as the options list, without saving changes. Options key - accesses options to customize your phone. Your syst...

  • Page 52

    Ip phone models 1-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide *see the aastra 6753i user guide for more information about each of these keys. Navigation keys - pressing the up and down arrow keys lets you view different status and text messages on the lcd display (if there is m...

  • Page 53: Model 6755I Ip Phone

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-23 overview model 6755i ip phone this section provides brief information about the model 6755i ip phone. It includes a list of features, and describes the hard keys, default programmable keys, and default softkeys on the 6755i. 6755i phone features...

  • Page 54

    • inline power support (based on 802.3af standard) which eliminates power adapters. • ac power adapter (included) • enhanced busy lamp fields* • set paging* *availability of feature dependant on your phone system or service provider. 6755i key descriptions* keys key description goodbye key - ends an...

  • Page 55

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-25 overview handsfree key - activates handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset. When the audio mode option is set, this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone. Mute key - mutes the microph...

  • Page 56

    Ip phone models 1-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide *see the aastra 6755i user guide for more information about each of these keys. Softkeys - 6 bottom keys: programmable state-based softkeys (up to 20 programmable functions). By default, keys 1 through 6 have no assi...

  • Page 57

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-27 overview model 6757i and 6757i ct ip phones this section provides brief information about the model 6757i ip phone. It includes a list of features, and describes the hard keys and default softkeys on the 6757i. 6757i and 6757i ct phone features ...

  • Page 58

    Ip phone models 1-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • inline power support (based on 802.3af standard) which eliminates power adapters. • ac power adapter (included) • enhanced busy lamp fields* • set paging* *availability of feature dependant on your phone system or ...

  • Page 59

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-29 overview handsfree key - activates handsfree for making and receiving calls without lifting the handset. When the audio mode option is set, this key is used to switch between a headset and the handsfree speakerphone. Mute key - mutes the microph...

  • Page 60

    Ip phone models 1-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide *see the aastra 6757i or 6757i ct user guide for more information about each of these keys. Softkeys - 12 softkeys on the 6757i ip phone. - 6 top keys: programmable static softkeys (up to 10 programmable functions) -...

  • Page 61

    Ip phone models 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-31 overview 6757i ct cordless handset features • 5 line backlit display screen • 2 multi-functional softkeys • programmable function key supports up to 14 functions • vibration alerter • headset jack • desk charging stand 6757i ct cordless handset ...

  • Page 62

    Ip phone models 1-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide function # function description 5 softkeys activates feature or option shown on the display above the keys 6 call key used to obtain dial tone also used as a hold key 7 dial pad 8 mute key when used, prevents the cal...

  • Page 63: Description

    Firmware installation information 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-33 overview firmware installation information description the firmware setup and installation for the ip phone can be done using any of the following: • phone user interface via the keypad (phone ui) • aastra web-based user interf...

  • Page 64: Installation Requirements

    Firmware installation information 1-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide installation requirements the following are general requirements for setting up and using your sip ip phone: • sip-based ip pbx system or network installed and running with a sip account created for...

  • Page 65

    Firmware installation information 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-35 overview configuration server requirement a basic requirement for setting up the ip phone is to have a configuration server. The configuration server allows you to: • store the firmware images that you need to download to your ...

  • Page 66: Description

    Firmware and configuration files 1-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide firmware and configuration files description when the ip phone is initialized for the first time, dhcp is enabled by default allowing the phone to automatically get its ip address from the network. U...

  • Page 67

    Firmware and configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-37 overview the following table provides the files that the phone requests from the configuration server during bootup of the phone: the ip phone firmware file includes all the necessary files you need for your phone, including the...

  • Page 68

    Firmware and configuration files 1-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration file precedence aastra ip phones can accept two sources of configuration data: • the server configuration most recently downloaded/cached from the configuration server files, aastra.Cfg...

  • Page 69

    Firmware and configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 1-39 overview installing the firmware/configuration files the following procedure describes how to install the firmware and configuration files. Step action 1 if dhcp is disabled, manually enter the configuration server’s ip address....

  • Page 70

    Draft 1.

  • Page 71: Chapter 2

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-1 chapter 2 configuration interface methods about this chapter introduction this chapter describes the methods you, as an administrator, can use to configure the ip phones. Topics this chapter covers the following topics: note: features, characteristics, requireme...

  • Page 72: Configuration Methods

    Configuration methods 2-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration methods description you can use the following to setup and configure the ip phone: • ip phone ui • aastra web ui • configuration files the following paragraphs describe each method of configuring t...

  • Page 73

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-3 configuration interface methods options key the options key allows you to access the "options list" on the ip phone. Accessible options in this list are for both user and administrator use. An administrator must enter a password for adminis...

  • Page 74

    Configuration methods 2-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6753i 6755i 6757i/6757i ct 6757i ct handset options key options key 6751i draft 1.

  • Page 75

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-5 configuration interface methods using the options key from the 9480i ct and 6757i ct handset: step action 1 press the options key on the phone to enter the options list. Note: press the services key on the 6751i and then select options from...

  • Page 76: Aastra Web Ui

    Configuration methods 2-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui an administrator can setup and configure the ip phone using the aastra web ui . The aastra web ui supports internet explorer and gecko engine-based browsers like firefox, mozilla or netscape. Http/...

  • Page 77

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-7 configuration interface methods http/https client and server support the aastra ip phones allow for http request processing and associated data transfers to perform over a secure connection (https). The ip phones support the following: • tr...

  • Page 78

    Configuration methods 2-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide non-blocking http connections the ip phones support a non-blocking http connection feature. This feature allows the user to continue using the phone when there is a delay during an http connection while the phon...

  • Page 79

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-9 configuration interface methods using https via the aastra web ui https is enabled by default on the ip phones. When you open a browser window and enter an ip address or host name for a phone using http, a server redirection occurs which au...

  • Page 80

    Accessing the aastra web ui use the following procedure to access the aastra web ui. Step action 1 open your web browser and enter the phone’s ip address or host name into the address field. The following is an example of the login screen that displays. Ip address or host name draft 1.

  • Page 81

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-11 configuration interface methods 2 enter your username and password and click . Note: for an administrator, the default username is “ admin ” and the password is “ 22222 ”. For a user, the default username is “ user ” and the password field...

  • Page 82

    Configuration methods 2-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide depending on the model phone you are accessing, the following categories display in the side menu of the aastra web ui: status, operation, basic settings, advanced settings . Status the status section displays ...

  • Page 83

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-13 configuration interface methods softkeys and xml 9480i/9480i ct6 state-based, multi-functional softkeys 6755i 6 bottom, state-based, multi-functional softkeys 6757i/6757i ct6 top, multi-functional, static softkeys 6 bottom, state-based, mu...

  • Page 84

    Configuration methods 2-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide basic settings the basic settings section provides the following options: heading description preferences allows you to set the following general specifications on the ip phone. • local dial plan (admin only) •...

  • Page 85

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-15 configuration interface methods advanced settings (applicable to administrator only) the advanced settings section provides the following options: heading description network allows you to set basic network settings, advanced network setti...

  • Page 86

    Configuration methods 2-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling the aastra web ui the aastra web ui is enabled by default on the ip phones. A system administrator can disable the aastra web ui on a single phone or on all phones if required using the confi...

  • Page 87: Configuration Files (

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-17 configuration interface methods configuration files ( administrator only ) a system administrator can enter specific parameters in the configuration files to configure the ip phones. All parameters in configuration files can only be set by...

  • Page 88

    Locking parameters in the configuration file the ip phones allow you to lock individual configuration parameters to prevent an end user from changing the configuration on the phone. This feature allows service providers to prevent the end-user from changing the values of specific parameters that wou...

  • Page 89

    Configuration methods 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 2-19 configuration interface methods limitations • a user possessing the administrator password can bypass the locking of configuration server details by defaulting the phone. • parameters cannot be locked using xml. • configuration files that ...

  • Page 90

    Draft 1.

  • Page 91: Chapter 3

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-1 chapter 3 administrator options about this chapter introduction the ip phones provide specific options on the ip phone that only an administrator can access. These options are password protected and allow an administrator to change or set features and configurat...

  • Page 92

    About this chapter 3-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide set phone to factory defaults/erase local configuration page 3-15 basic settings page 3-19 account configuration page 3-35 network settings page 3-37 line settings page 3-71 softkeys, programmable keys, expansion m...

  • Page 93: Administrator Level Options

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-3 administrator options administrator level options description there are options on the ip phone that both a user and administrator can access. However, there are specific options that an administrator can access only. These options al...

  • Page 94

    Administrator level options 3-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following are administrator options in the " options list " on the ip phone ui: • administrator menu — configuration server — network settings — sip settings — factory default — erase local config. Ref...

  • Page 95

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-5 administrator options simplified ip phone ui options menu an administrator can replace the existing options menu on the phone ui with a more simplified options menu. In the configuration files, the “ options simple menu ” parameter al...

  • Page 96: Aastra Web Ui Options

    Administrator level options 3-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui options an administrator can configure specific options using the aastra web ui. These options display after an administrator logs into the web ui using a web browser and entering the admin u...

  • Page 97

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-7 administrator options the following are options that an administrator can configure in the aastra web ui (and are not available for the user to configure): • operation->reset — restore to factory defaults — remove local configuration ...

  • Page 98: Configuration File Options

    Administrator level options 3-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide references for information about options available to a user and administrator in the aastra web ui, see your model-specific user guide . For procedures to restart your phone or restore factory defaults, s...

  • Page 99: Phone Status

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-9 administrator options phone status the phone status on the ip phone displays the network status and firmware version of the ip phone. You can display phone status using the ip phone ui or the aastra web ui. Phone status via ip phone u...

  • Page 100

    Administrator level options 3-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • ip&mac addresses displays the ip address and mac address of the phone. • lan port displays the link state, negotiation method, speed, and duplex method that the phone uses on its lan port. • pc port dis...

  • Page 101

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-11 administrator options the following is a description of the information on the network status screen: • network attributes displays the network status of the ethernet ports at the back of the phone. You can also view the phone’s ip a...

  • Page 102

    Administrator level options 3-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following table describes the status conditions that can display for an account(s). Status condition description registered displays this status on accounts that have been registered with the sip prox...

  • Page 103: Restarting Your Phone

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-13 administrator options restarting your phone as system administrator, there may be times when you need to restart a phone. The restart option allows you reboot the phone when required. A reset may be necessary when: • there is a chang...

  • Page 104

    Administrator level options 3-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide restarting the phone using the aastra web ui aastra web ui 1 click on operation->reset->phone. 2 click to restart the phone. Draft 1.

  • Page 105

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-15 administrator options set phone to factory defaults/erase local configuration you can set phones to their factory default setting or remove a local phone’s configuration using the ip phone ui or the aastra web ui. Setting factory def...

  • Page 106

    Administrator level options 3-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide settings factory defaults using the aastra web ui aastra web ui step action 1 click on operation->reset->current settings. 2 in the " restore to factory defaults " field, click . This restores all factory...

  • Page 107

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-17 administrator options erasing the phone’s local configuration you can reset the ip phone’s local configuration if required. The local configuration is the last updated configuration you performed using the ip phone ui or the aastra w...

  • Page 108

    Administrator level options 3-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide erasing the phone’s local configuration using the aastra web uii aastra web ui step action 1 click on operation->reset->current settings. 2 in the " remove local configuration settings " field, click . Th...

  • Page 109: Basic Settings

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-19 administrator options basic settings an administrator has access to specific basic setting options to configure and manage the ip phone in the network. The following sections identify the options available to an administrator only, o...

  • Page 110

    Administrator level options 3-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide park call note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Sprecode the parking of a live call to a specific extension. This feature on the basic preferences screen is available on the 9480i...

  • Page 111

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-21 administrator options play call waiting tone note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Call waiting tone enable or disables the playing of a call waiting tone when a caller is on an active call and a new call com...

  • Page 112

    Administrator level options 3-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide preferred line timeout (seconds) note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Preferred line timeout specifies the time, in seconds, that the phone switches back to the preferred line af...

  • Page 113

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-23 administrator options call forward key mode note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Call forward key mode allows you to configure the call forward mode to use on the phone (account, phone, or custom). You can c...

  • Page 114

    Administrator level options 3-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide incoming/outgoing intercom calls the incoming/outgoing intercom call settings on the ip phone specify whether the ip phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an intercom call is...

  • Page 115

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-25 administrator options outgoing intercom settings (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct) type sip intercom type determines whether the ip phone or the server is responsible for notifying the recipient that an intercom call is being...

  • Page 116

    Administrator level options 3-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide group paging rtp settings key mapping parameter in aastra web ui parameter in configuration files description paging listen addresses note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Paging ...

  • Page 117

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-27 administrator options ring tones priority alerting settings parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameter in configuration files description tone set note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Tone...

  • Page 118

    Administrator level options 3-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide external alert external when an "alert external" keyword appears in the header of the invite request, the configured bellcore ring tone is applied to the ip phone. For more information on this feature, se...

  • Page 119

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-29 administrator options directed call pickup (dcp) parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description directed call pickup directed call pickup enables or disables the use of "directed call pickup" feature. For mo...

  • Page 120

    Administrator level options 3-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide auto call distribution (acd) settings parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description auto available acd auto available enables or disables the use of the acd auto-available timer...

  • Page 121

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-31 administrator options time and date parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description time format note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Time format time format ...

  • Page 122

    Administrator level options 3-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide time server 1 note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Time server 1 time server1 this parameter allows you to set the ip address of time server 1 in dotted decimal format. For more ...

  • Page 123

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-33 administrator options live dialpad language parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description live dialpad note: this option can be set by a user via the ip phone ui and by an administr...

  • Page 124

    Administrator level options 3-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide input language note: this option can be set by both users and administrators. Input language allows you to specify the language to use for inputs on the ip phone. Entering a language value for this parame...

  • Page 125: Account Configuration

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-35 administrator options account configuration the ip phones have a dnd and cfwd feature that allows an administrator and user to configure “do not disturb” and “call forwarding” by account. You can set specific modes for the way you wa...

  • Page 126

    Administrator level options 3-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide references for more information about account configuration of dnd and cfwd on the ip phones, see chapter 5, the sections: for dnd: • “dnd key mode” on page 5-91 . • “do not disturb (dnd)” on page 5-211 ....

  • Page 127: Network Settings

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-37 administrator options network settings the following paragraphs describe the network parameters you can configure on the ip phone. Network settings are in two categories: • basic network settings • advanced network settings note: spe...

  • Page 128

    Administrator level options 3-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide basic network settings if dynamic host configuration protocol (dhcp) is enabled, the ip phone automatically configures all of the network settings. If the phone cannot populate the network settings, or if...

  • Page 129

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-39 administrator options subnet mask subnet mask subnet mask subnet mask defines the ip address range local to the ip phone. To assign a static subnet mask, disable dhcp. For more information, see “configuring network settings manually”...

  • Page 130

    Administrator level options 3-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide secondary dns secondary dns dns2 a service that translates domain names into ip addresses. To assign static dns addresses, disable dhcp. For more information, see “configuring network settings manually” o...

  • Page 131

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-41 administrator options advanced network settings draft 1.

  • Page 132

    Administrator level options 3-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description dhcp user class dhcp user class dhcp userclass specifies the user class dhcp option 77 that the phone send...

  • Page 133

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-43 administrator options lldp support lldp lldp enables or disables link layer discovery protocol for media endpoint devices (lldp-med) on the ip phone. Caution: in release 2.3 and later, lldp is enabled by default. If lldp is enabled o...

  • Page 134

    Administrator level options 3-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide upnp upnp upnp manager enables or disables universal plug and play (upnp) on the ip phone. If you set this parameter to “0”, you can manually configure nat on the ip phone and the upnp manager will not st...

  • Page 135

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-45 administrator options nat rtp port nat rtp port sip nat rtp port indicates the port through which the rtp packets are sent. This value must specify the beginning of the rtp port range on the gateway or router. The rtp port is used fo...

  • Page 136

    Administrator level options 3-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide n/a ntp time servers time server disabled enables or disables the time server. This parameter affects the time server1 , time server2 , and time server3 parameters. Setting this parameter to 0 allows the ...

  • Page 137

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-47 administrator options https settings advanced network settings includes https settings for the ip phones. Parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description https https server - redirect...

  • Page 138

    Administrator level options 3-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide client method https client method https client method defines the security method that the client advertises to the server during the secure socket layer (ssl) handshake. Available options are: tls 1.0 - ...

  • Page 139

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-49 administrator options cert validation validate certificates https validate certificates enables or disables the https validation of certificates on the phone. When this parameter is set to 1, the https client performs validation on s...

  • Page 140

    Administrator level options 3-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide check hostnames check certificate hostnames https validate hostnames enables or disables the https validation of hostnames on the phone. For more information, see chapter 4, “https server certificate vali...

  • Page 141

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-51 administrator options type of service (tos), dscp advanced network settings include type of service (tos) and differentiated services code point (dscp) for the ip phones. Parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters...

  • Page 142

    Administrator level options 3-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide vlan you can enable or disable vlan and set specific vlan ids and priorities under network settings. Parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description globa...

  • Page 143

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-53 administrator options sip priority rtp priority rtcp priority sip priority rtp priority rtcp priority tos priority map this parameter is based on the type of service (tos), differentiated services code point (dscp) setting for sip (t...

  • Page 144

    Administrator level options 3-54 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide pc port settings (port 1) pc port vlan id vlan id vlan id port 1 specifies the vlan id used to pass packets through to a pc via port 1. Note: if you set the pc port vlan id (port 1) to 4095 , all untagged...

  • Page 145

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-55 administrator options sip settings the following paragraphs describe the sip parameters you can configure on the ip phone. Sip configuration consists of configuring: • basic sip authentication settings • basic sip network settings • ...

  • Page 146

    Administrator level options 3-56 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide basic sip authentication settings parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description screen name screen name (global and per-line) sip screen name (global) s...

  • Page 147

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-57 administrator options auth name authentication name (global and per-line) sip auth name (global) sip linen auth name (per-line) authorization name used in the username field of the authorization header field of the sip register reque...

  • Page 148

    Administrator level options 3-58 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide basic sip network settings parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description proxy server proxy server (global and per-line) sip proxy ip (global) sip linen...

  • Page 149

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-59 administrator options n/a outbound proxy server (global and per-line) sip outbound proxy server (global) sip linen outbound proxy server (per-line) address of the outbound proxy server. All sip messages originating from the phone are...

  • Page 150

    Administrator level options 3-60 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide n/a backup registrar server (global and per-line) sip backup registrar ip (global) sip linen backup registrar ip (per-line) the address of the backup registrar (typically, the backup sip proxy) for which ...

  • Page 151

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-61 administrator options advanced sip settings in addition to the basic sip settings, you can also configure the following advanced sip parameters. These parameters are configurable via the aastra web ui and the configuration files on a...

  • Page 152

    Administrator level options 3-62 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide missed call summary subscription period sip missed call summary subscription period specifies the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone uses the missed calls summary subscription feature. This parame...

  • Page 153

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-63 administrator options send line number in register message sip send line adds an "aastra-line:" header to the sip register messages sent from the phone to the call server, where the value is the line number that is being registered. ...

  • Page 154

    Administrator level options 3-64 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide transport protocol sip transport protocol the protocol that the real-time transport protocol (rtp) port on the ip phone uses to send out sip signaling packets. Notes : 1. If you set the value of this para...

  • Page 155

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-65 administrator options local sip tls port sip local tls port specifies the local source port (sips/tls) from which the phone sends sip messages. Note: it is recommended that you avoid the conflict with any tcp ports being used. For ex...

  • Page 156

    Administrator level options 3-66 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blf subscription period sip blf subscription period specifies the time period, in seconds, that the ip phone resubscribes the blf subscription service after a software/firmware upgrade or after a reboot o...

  • Page 157

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-67 administrator options whitelist proxy sip whitelist this parameter enables/disables the whitelist proxy feature, as follows: • set to 0 to disable the feature. • set to 1 to enable the feature. When this feature is enabled, an ip pho...

  • Page 158

    Administrator level options 3-68 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rtp settings you can configure the following rtp settings. Parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description rtp port base rtp port sip rtp port the rtp por...

  • Page 159

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-69 administrator options n/a customized codec preference list sip customized codec specifies a customized codec preference list which allows you to use the preferred codecs for this ip phone. For more information, see chapter 4, “real-t...

  • Page 160

    Administrator level options 3-70 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide autodial settings you can configure the following autodial settings. Parameter in ip phone ui parameter in aastra web ui parameters in configuration files description n/a autodial number (global and per-l...

  • Page 161: Line Settings

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-71 administrator options line settings an administrator can configure multiple lines on the ip phone with the same sip network configuration (global) or a different sip network configuration (per-line). The following table provides the ...

  • Page 162

    Administrator level options 3-72 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide softkeys, programmable keys, expansion module keys a user or administrator can assign specific functions to softkeys, programmable keys, or expansion module keys. The available keys for configuration depe...

  • Page 163: Action Uri

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-73 administrator options action uri the ip phones have a feature that allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier (uri) that triggers a get when certain xml events occur. The action uri feature prevents the phones f...

  • Page 164

    Administrator level options 3-74 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide reference for more information about setting the action uris for xml applications, see “xml action uris” on page 5-325 . Action uri disconnected the phones allow an administrator to specify a uri to allow...

  • Page 165

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-75 administrator options configuration server settings the configuration server stores the firmware images, configuration files, and software when performing software upgrades to the ip phone. An administrator can configure the followin...

  • Page 166

    Administrator level options 3-76 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide primary tftp tftp server tftp server the tftp server’s ip address or qualified domain name. If dhcp is enabled and the dhcp server provides the information, this field is automatically populated. Use this...

  • Page 167

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-77 administrator options alternate tftp path alternate tftp path alternate tftp path specifies the path name for which the configuration files reside on the alternate tftp server for downloading to the ip phone. If the ip phone’s config...

  • Page 168

    Administrator level options 3-78 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ftp path ftp path ftp path specifies the path name for which the configuration files reside on the ftp server for downloading to the ip phone. If the ip phone’s configuration and firmware files are locate...

  • Page 169

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-79 administrator options http server http server http server the http server’s ip address. This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Optional : you can also assign an http relative path...

  • Page 170

    Administrator level options 3-80 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide download server https server https server the https server’s ip address. This will become effective after this configuration file has been downloaded into the phone. Optional : you can also assign an http...

  • Page 171

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-81 administrator options auto-resync settings n/a mode auto resync mode enables and disables the phone to be updated automatically once a day at a specific time in a 24-hour period. This parameter works with tftp, ftp, and http servers....

  • Page 172

    Administrator level options 3-82 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide n/a time (24-hour) auto resync time sets the time of day in a 24-hour period for the ip phone to be automatically updated. This parameter works with tftp, ftp, and http servers. Notes : 1. The resync time...

  • Page 173

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-83 administrator options n/a maximum delay auto resync max delay specifies the maximum time, in minutes, the phone waits past the scheduled time before starting a checksync. For more information, see chapter 8, the section, “using the a...

  • Page 174: Firmware Update Features

    Firmware update features the ip phones support the protocols, tftp, ftp, http or https to download configuration files and upgrade firmware to the phones from a configuration server. You can download the firmware stored on the configuration server in one of three ways: • using the “ firmware update ...

  • Page 175: Tls Support

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-85 administrator options tls support the ip phones support a transport protocol called transport layer security (tls) and persistent tls . Tls is a protocol that ensures communication privacy between the sip phones and the internet. Tls...

  • Page 176

    Administrator level options 3-86 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide n/a n/a sips persistent tls enables or disables the use of persistent transport layer security (tls). Persistent tls sets up the connection to the server once and re-uses that connection for all calls fro...

  • Page 177

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-87 administrator options n/a root and intermediate certificates filename sips root and intermediate certificates allows you to specify the sip root and intermediate certificate files to use when the phone uses the tls transport protocol...

  • Page 178

    Administrator level options 3-88 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide n/a private key filename sips private key allows you to specify a private key file to use when the phone uses the tls transport protocol to setup a call. This parameter is required when configuring tls (o...

  • Page 179: 802.1X Support

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-89 administrator options 802.1x support the ip phones support the ieee 802.1x protocol. The 802.1x protocol is a standard for passing extensible authentication protocol (eap) over a wired or wireless local area network (lan). The 802.1x...

  • Page 180

    Administrator level options 3-90 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide md5 password md5 password md5 password specifies the password used for the md5 authentication of the phone. Note: the value you enter for this parameter also displays in the aastra web ui at the path adva...

  • Page 181

    Administrator level options 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 3-91 administrator options n/a local certificate filename 802.1x local certificate specifies the file name that contains the local certificate. For more information, see chapter 6, the section, “802.1x support” on page 6-31 . N/a private ...

  • Page 182: Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting the troubleshooting feature in the aastra web ui provides tasks that a system administrator can perform on the ip phones for troubleshooting purposes. Using this feature, a system administrator can: • assign an ip address and ip port in which to save log files • filter the logs accor...

  • Page 183: Chapter 4

    About this chapter 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-1 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features chapter 4 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features about this chapter introduction this chapter provides the information required to configure the net...

  • Page 184: Topics

    About this chapter 4-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide topics this chapter covers the following topics: topic page overview page 4-3 network settings page 4-4 basic network settings page 4-4 advanced network settings page 4-30 global sip settings page 4-70 basic sip se...

  • Page 185: Overview

    Overview 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-3 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features overview an administrator can configure the ip phone network and sip options from the phone ui, from the aastra web ui, or the configuration files. Administrator level options are passwo...

  • Page 186: Network Settings

    Network settings 4-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide network settings this section describes the basic network settings on the ip phone which include configuring for: • dhcp • ip address (of phone) • subnet mask (of phone) • gateway • primary dns • secondary dns • lan ...

  • Page 187

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-5 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features • ftp path • http server • http path • http port • https server • https path • https port the network administrator chooses which of these parameters (if any) are supplied to the...

  • Page 188

    Network settings 4-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling dhcp using the ip phone ui use the following procedure to enable/disable dhcp on the phone using the ip phone ui. Ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select ad...

  • Page 189

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-7 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features enabling/disabling dhcp using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to enable/disable dhcp using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings...

  • Page 190

    Network settings 4-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dhcp options 60, 66, and 43 server configurations option 66 the ip phones support download protocols according to rfc2131 and rfc1541 (tftp, ftp, http,. Https) to support dhcp option 66. Option 66 is part of the dhcp...

  • Page 191

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-9 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features the system administrator can use the vendor class identifier to send the phone a customized server configuration in option 43 (vendor-specific information). Using option 43 to cu...

  • Page 192

    Network settings 4-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide your dhcp server configuration file, such as the dhcpd.Conf file, may include one of these lines to configure the configuration server protocol and the server details. Protocol format examples http http:/// option t...

  • Page 193

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-11 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features using option 12 hostname on the ip phone if you set the phone to use dhcp option 12, the phone automatically sends this option to the configuration server. This option specifies...

  • Page 194

    Network settings 4-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press options , and then select administrator menu . On the 6751i: press services, and then select options->administrator menu . 2 select network settings . 3 select hostname . 4 by ...

  • Page 195

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-13 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->basic network settings. 2 by default, the “ hostname ” field is automatically populated with [] of your phone (for example, ...

  • Page 196

    Network settings 4-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using option 77 user class on the ip phone dhcp option 77 user class is sent in dhcp request packets from the phone to the configuration server. This option 77 defines specific user class identifiers to convey infor...

  • Page 197

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-15 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press options , and then select administrator menu . On the 6751i: press services, and then select options->administrator menu . 2 select networ...

  • Page 198

    Network settings 4-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings. 2 in the “ dhcp user class ” field, enter a dhcp user class to apply to your phones. For example, “ admin ”. Valid values are up to 6...

  • Page 199

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-17 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features using options 159 and 160 on the ip phone in addition to dhcp options 43 and 66 already supported on the ip phones, the phones also support dhcp options 159 and 160. The ip phon...

  • Page 200

    Network settings 4-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press options , and then select administrator menu . On the 6751i: press services, and then select options->administrator menu . 2 enter you administrator password and press enter . ...

  • Page 201

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-19 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings. 2 in the “ dhcp download options ” field, select an option to use to override the normal preceden...

  • Page 202

    Network settings 4-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration server download precedence an administrator can set the phone’s download precedence to ignore dhcp, (only during the boot when the remote configuration server is contacted) and use the following preced...

  • Page 203

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-21 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features configuring a download precedence using the ip phone ui use the following procedure to configure a download precedence using the ip phone ui. Aastra ip phone ui step action 1 pr...

  • Page 204

    Network settings 4-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring a download precedence using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure a download precedence using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network...

  • Page 205

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-23 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features multiple dhcp servers the ip phones can receive messages from multiple dhcp servers. After the phone receives its first dhcp message, it listens for a specific time period, for ...

  • Page 206

    Network settings 4-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring network settings manually if you disable dhcp on your phone, you need to configure the following network settings manually: • ip address • subnet mask • gateway • primary dns • secondary dns you can conf...

  • Page 207

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-25 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . 7 select gateway and enter the gateway address. 8 select dns and enter a primary and/or secondary dns server. 9 press done to save the changes. The ip phone is manually config...

  • Page 208

    Network settings 4-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring lan and pc port negotiation ethernet is the computer networking technology for local area networks (lans). You use the lan port to connect to a lan using a twisted pair 10base-t cable to transmit 10base-...

  • Page 209

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-27 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features full-duplex (10mbps or 100mbps) full-duplex data transmission means that data can be transmitted in both directions on a signal carrier at the same time. For example, on a lan w...

  • Page 210

    Network settings 4-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 7 select a negotiation method to use on port 0 and press done . Valid values are: • autonegotiation • fullduplex 10mbps • fullduplex 100mbps • halfduplex 10mbps • halfduplex 100mbps default is autonegotiation. 8 sel...

  • Page 211

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-29 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->basic network settings. 2 in the “ lan port ” field, select a negotiation method to use on port 0. Valid values ...

  • Page 212: Advanced Network Settings

    Network settings 4-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide advanced network settings you can set advanced network settings on the ip phone such as, network address translation (nat), nortel nat, network time protocol (ntp) time servers, virtual lan (vlan), and quality of se...

  • Page 213

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-31 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features nortel proxy/registrar the phone at ip address 10.10.10.10 is configured to register with the proxy at 63.251.195.10. Because it is a nortel proxy, the configuration must additi...

  • Page 214

    Network settings 4-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide nortel networks nat nortel networks provides a proprietary solution to support connectivity to their proxies from phones placed behind devices (such as routers or firewalls) that use nat. Nortel uses the sip ping re...

  • Page 215

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-33 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu. 3 enter your administrator password. Note: the ip phones accept numeric pass...

  • Page 216

    Network settings 4-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings. 2 select yes (enable) or no (disable) in the " nortel nat traversal enabled " field to enable or disable nat for a nortel...

  • Page 217

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-35 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features configuring nat address and port (optional) you can also configure a specific nat address and port on the ip phone using the configuration files, ip phone ui, or aastra web ui. ...

  • Page 218

    Network settings 4-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings. 2 enter a nat ip address in the " nat ip " field. The value must be entered in dotted decimal format. For example, 0.0.0....

  • Page 219

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-37 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features sip and tls source ports for nat traversal a system administrator can configure the sip and tls source ports on the ip phone. Previously, the ip phone used default values ( 5060...

  • Page 220

    Network settings 4-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring sip and tls source ports using the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure sip and tls ports for nat traversal: • sip local port • sip local tls port configuration files for spe...

  • Page 221

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-39 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features configuring sip and tls source ports using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure sip and tls source ports using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on ...

  • Page 222

    Network settings 4-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide https client/server configuration https is a web protocol that encrypts and decrypts user page requests as well as the pages that are returned by the web server. Https uses secure socket layer (ssl) or transport lay...

  • Page 223

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-41 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features the https server provides http functionality over secure connections. It coexists with the http server but has its own set of tasks. The main https server functions are: • deliv...

  • Page 224

    Network settings 4-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu. 3 enter your administrator password. Note: the ip phones accept numeric passwords only. 4 select configuration ser...

  • Page 225

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-43 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings . 2 select an https client method to use from the https client method field. Valid v...

  • Page 226

    Network settings 4-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide https server certificate validation the https client on the ip phones support validation of https certificates. This feature supports the following: • verisign, geotrust, and thawte signed certificates • user-provid...

  • Page 227

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-45 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features certificate validation certificate validation is enabled by default. Validation occurs by checking that the certificates are well formed and signed by one of the certificates in...

  • Page 228

    Network settings 4-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press options , and then select administrator menu . On the 6751i: press services, and then select options->administrator menu . 2 select configuration server . 3 select https settin...

  • Page 229

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-47 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 9 press done to save the change and return to the certificates screen. Note: this change is immediately applied after pressing done . Enable/disable https validate hostnames 10 ...

  • Page 230

    Network settings 4-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->https settings. 2 the “validate certificates” field is enabled by default. To disable validation of certificates, click the check mark in the box to clear the che...

  • Page 231

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-49 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 5 if you require the download of user-provided certificates in a .Pem formatted file, enter the file name in the format in the “ trusted certificates filename ” field. For examp...

  • Page 232

    Network settings 4-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide universal plug and play (upnp) (for remote phones) upnp is a standard that uses internet protocols to enable devices to be plugged into a network and automatically know about each other. With upnp, when a user plugs...

  • Page 233

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-51 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features a user or administrator can specify upnp on specific lines using the configuration files (using the “ upnp mapping lines ” parameter) or the aastra web ui (at the path basic set...

  • Page 234

    Network settings 4-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . 8 press done (3 times) to save the changes. Note: the session prompts you to restart the ip phone to apply the configuration settings 9 select restart. Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->netwo...

  • Page 235

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-53 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 2 the “ upnp ” field is disabled by default. To enable upnp, place a check in the “ enabled ” box. Uncheck the box to disable this field. This field enables and disable upnp on ...

  • Page 236

    Network settings 4-54 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide virtual lan (optional) virtual local area network (vlan) is a feature on the ip phone that allows for multiple logical ethernet interfaces to send outgoing rtp packets over a single physical ethernet as described in...

  • Page 237

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-55 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features the following parameters allow an administrator to configure tos, qos, and diffserv qos for vlan: parameters in configuration files parameters in aastra web ui global tagging en...

  • Page 238

    Network settings 4-56 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dscp range/vlan priority mapping dscp bits in the tos field of the ip header are set for rtp, rtcp, and sip packets using either the default values or the values configured via the " tos sip ", " tos rtp ", and " to...

  • Page 239

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-57 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features the following table identifies the default dscp of protocols. Configuring type of service (tos)/dscp (optional) use the following procedures to configure tos/dscp on the ip phon...

  • Page 240

    Network settings 4-58 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 select type of service sip. Or select type of service rtp. Or select type of service rtcp . 7 enter a value for “ type of service sip ”. Default is 26 . Or enter a value for “ type of service rtp ”. Default is 46 ...

  • Page 241

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-59 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->type of service,dscp . 2 select a protocol field: • “ sip ” or • “rtp” or • “rtcp” 3 enter a value from 0 to 6...

  • Page 242

    Network settings 4-60 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring vlan (optional) use the following procedures to configure vlan on the ip phone. Note: vlan is disabled by default. When you enable vlan, the ip phones use the default settings for each vlan parameter. Yo...

  • Page 243

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-61 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features to set vlan id and priority for lan port (port 0): 13 select phone vlan. 14 select phone vlan id and enter a value from 1 to 4094 to specify the vlan id for the lan port. Defaul...

  • Page 244

    Network settings 4-62 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 23 press done to save the change. 24 select pc port priority . 25 select a pc port vlan priority value from 0 to 7 for the pc port. Default is 0 . 26 press done (4 times) to save the changes. Note: the session promp...

  • Page 245

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-63 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->network->vlan. To globally enable/disable vlan and set priority for non-ip packets: 2 enable vlan by checking the vlan ...

  • Page 246

    Network settings 4-64 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide to set vlan id and priority for the pc port (port 1): 6 enter a vlan id value from 1 to 4095 in the vlan id field. Default is 1 . Note: if you set the pc port vlan id (port 1) to 4095 , all untagged packets are sent...

  • Page 247

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-65 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features rport the session initiation protocol (sip) operates over udp and tcp. When used with udp, responses to requests are returned to the source address from which the request came, ...

  • Page 248

    Network settings 4-66 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring rport using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure rport on your phone using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings . 2 in t...

  • Page 249

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-67 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features network time servers network time protocol (ntp) is a protocol that the ip phone uses to synchronize the phone clock time with a computer (configuration server) in the network. ...

  • Page 250

    Network settings 4-68 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide use the following procedure to enable/disable and configure the ntp servers using the aastra web ui. 8 enter the ip address (in dotted decimal) or qualified domain name for the time server. 9 press done to save the ...

  • Page 251

    Network settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-69 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 3 enter an ip address or qualified domain name in the " time server 1" , " time server 2 ", and/or " time server 3 " field(s) to specify the location of the ntp time server. 4 c...

  • Page 252: Global Sip Settings

    Global sip settings 4-70 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide global sip settings description the ip phone uses the information in the global session initiation protocol (sip) settings to register at the ip pbx. The ip phone configuration defines network and user account pa...

  • Page 253: Basic Sip Settings

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-71 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features basic sip settings specific parameters are configurable on a global and per-line basis. You can also configure specific parameters using the ip phone ui, the aastra web ui, o...

  • Page 254

    Global sip settings 4-72 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide reference for more information about centralized conferencing, see chapter 5, the section, “centralized conferencing (for sylantro and broadsoft servers)” on page 5-359 . Sip per-line parameters reference for mor...

  • Page 255

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-73 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features specific sets of sip parameters are inter-dependent with each other. To prevent conflicting parameter values from being applied, per-line values always take precedence over t...

  • Page 256

    Global sip settings 4-74 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide line3 specifies per-line values for proxy ip address and proxy port, so the phone uses those parameter values for sip calls made on that line. However, because those parameters are part of the sip network block, ...

  • Page 257

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-75 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features backup proxy/registrar support the ip phones support a backup sip proxy and backup sip registrar feature. If the primary server is unavailable, the phone automatically switch...

  • Page 258

    Global sip settings 4-76 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide you can configure srv lookup using the configuration files ( aastra.Cfg and .Cfg ) only. The parameters to use are: • sip proxy ip • sip proxy port configuring basic sip network settings (optional) you can config...

  • Page 259

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-77 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu. 3 enter your administrator password. Note: the ip phones accept numeric p...

  • Page 260

    Global sip settings 4-78 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 16 select user name to enter the username in the name field of the sip uri for the ip phone, and for registering the phone at the registrar. Note: the ip phones allow usernames containing dots (“.”). You can also...

  • Page 261

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-79 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . Aastra web ui step action 1 for global configuration, click on advanced settings->global sip->basic sip settings. Draft 1.

  • Page 262

    Global sip settings 4-80 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide or, for per-line configuration, click on advanced settings->line n (1-9) . To configure sip authentication settings: 2 in the " screen name " field, enter the screen name that displays on the idle screen. Aastra ...

  • Page 263

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-81 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 3 in the " screen name 2 " field, enter the text you want to display on the phone under the “screen name” on the idle screen. Notes : 1. If other status messages display on t...

  • Page 264

    Global sip settings 4-82 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 9 in the " line mode " field, select "generic" for normal mode, "broadsoft sca" for a broadworks network, or "nortel" for a nortel network. To configure sip network settings: 10 in the " proxy server " field, ent...

  • Page 265

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-83 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 21 to enter a value in the “ conference server uri ” field, see chapter 5, the section, “centralized conferencing (for sylantro and broadsoft servers)” on page 5-359 . 22 cli...

  • Page 266

    Global sip settings 4-84 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide advanced sip settings (optional) advanced sip settings on the ip phone allow you to configure specific features on the phone. The following table provides a list of advanced sip settings that you can configure us...

  • Page 267

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-85 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features acd subscription period (see chapter 5 ) sip acd subscription period (see chapter 5 ) bla subscription period (see chapter 5 ) sip acd subscription period (see chapter 5 ) bl...

  • Page 268

    Global sip settings 4-86 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide reference refer to appendix a, “advanced sip settings” on page a-92 for a description of each of the above parameters. For more information about blacklist duration and whitelist proxy, see chapter 6, “configurin...

  • Page 269

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-87 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features . Aastra web ui step action for global configuration, click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip settings. 1 or for per-line configuration, click on advanced settin...

  • Page 270

    Global sip settings 4-88 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 enable the " explicit mwi subscription " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by unchecking the check box. Default is disabled). If the ip phone has a message waiting subscription with the servi...

  • Page 271

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-89 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 7 if you enable the “ as-feature-event subscription ” field, then in the “ as-feature-event subscription period ” field, enter the amount of time, in seconds, between resubsc...

  • Page 272

    Global sip settings 4-90 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 13 in the " local sip udp/tcp port" field, specify the local source port (udp/tcp) from which the phone sends sip messages. Default is 5060. For more information about this feature, see the section, “sip and tls ...

  • Page 273

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-91 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 20 the “ bla subscription period ” field is enabled by default with a value of 300 seconds. This feature sets the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone waits to receive ...

  • Page 274

    Global sip settings 4-92 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 23 enable the " xml sip notify " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by unchecking the check box. Default is disabled). Enabling this parameter allows the phone to accept or reject an aastra-xml ...

  • Page 275

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-93 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features real-time transport protocol (rtp) settings real-time transport protocol (rtp) is used as the bearer path for voice packets sent over the ip network. Information in the rtp h...

  • Page 276

    Global sip settings 4-94 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rtp port rtp is described in rfc1889. The udp port used for rtp streams is traditionally an even-numbered port, and the rtcp control is on the next port up. A phone call therefore uses one pair of ports for each ...

  • Page 277

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-95 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features all codecs have a sampling rate of 8,000 samples per second, and operate and operate in the 300 hz to 3,700 hz audio range. The following table lists the default settings for...

  • Page 278

    Global sip settings 4-96 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide silsupp is used to enable or disable silence suppression. Voice activity detection (vad) on the ip phones is used to determine whether each individual packet contains useful speech data. Enabling silsupp results ...

  • Page 279

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-97 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features dtmf method a feature on the ip phone allows you to select the dtmf method that the phone uses to send dtmf digits from the ip phone via info messages. You can set the dtmf m...

  • Page 280

    Global sip settings 4-98 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide if an srtp enabled ip phone initiates a call, and the receiving phone is also srtp enabled, the ip phone ui displays a “lock” icon, indicating that the call is secure. If the receiving phone does not support srtp...

  • Page 281

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-99 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features configuring rtp features use the following procedures to configure the rtp features on the ip phone. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set for rtp features ...

  • Page 282

    Global sip settings 4-100 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings. Global settings. Click on advanced settings->line ->rtp settings. Per-line settings. Draft 1.

  • Page 283

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-101 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 2 enter an rtp port base in the rtp port field. Default is 3000 . The rtp port indicates the port through which the rtp packets are sent. This value must specify the beginni...

  • Page 284

    Global sip settings 4-102 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 select a method to use from the “ dtmf method” list box. Valid values are rtp , sip info , both . Default is rtp . Note: you can configure the dtmf method on a global or per-line basis. 7 select the type of rt...

  • Page 285: Autodial Settings

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-103 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features autodial settings the ip phones include a feature called “autodial”. When you configure autodial on an ip phone, the phone automatically dials a preconfigured number wheneve...

  • Page 286

    Global sip settings 4-104 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring autodial using the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure autodial using the configuration files: global configuration • sip autodial number • sip autodial timeout per-line...

  • Page 287

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-105 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features configuring autodial using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure autodial using the aastra web ui. By default, your ip phone uses the global settings yo...

  • Page 288

    Global sip settings 4-106 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide per-line configuration 1 click on advanced settings->line ->autodial settings. 2 do one of the following actions: • to allow this line to use the global autodial settings, click on the use global settings parame...

  • Page 289

    Global sip settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-107 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 4 in the “autodial timeout” field, specify a value, in seconds, for the timer for this line as follows: • if you want the ip phone to autodial the number immediately (hotlin...

  • Page 290

    Configuration server protocol 4-108 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration server protocol you can download new versions of firmware and configuration files from the configuration server to the ip phone using any of the following types of protocols: tftp, ftp, h...

  • Page 291

    Configuration server protocol 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-109 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu. 3 enter your administrator password. Note: the ip phones accep...

  • Page 292

    Configuration server protocol 4-110 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 9 enter the ip address of the protocol server (in dotted decimal format). Use the following table to configure the applicable server. Ip phone ui step action tftp settings - select primary tftp - enter...

  • Page 293

    Configuration server protocol 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-111 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 9 (cont’d) ip phone ui step action http settings - select http server - enter the ip address of the http server. - press done or set . - select http path . - enter...

  • Page 294

    Configuration server protocol 4-112 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 9 (cont’d) reference for more information on configuring the https security method, http to https redirect, and https server blocking for http xml posts, see the section, “https client/server configura...

  • Page 295

    Configuration server protocol 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-113 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->configuration server. Draft 1.

  • Page 296

    Configuration server protocol 4-114 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 select the protocol from the " download protocol " list box. Valid values are tftp , ftp , http , and https . Default is tftp . The ip phone uses the protocol you select to download new firmware and ...

  • Page 297

    Configuration server protocol 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 4-115 configuring network and session initiation protocol (sip) features 3 reference : for more information on configuring the https security method, http to https redirect, and https server blocking for http xml posts, see the section,...

  • Page 298

    Configuration server protocol 4-116 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 299: Chapter 5

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-1 chapter 5 configuring operational features about this chapter introduction the ip phones have specific operational features you can configure to customize your ip phone. This chapter describes each feature and provides procedures for configuring your phone to us...

  • Page 300

    About this chapter 5-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide locking/unlocking the save and delete keys (6753i) page 5-50 local dial plan page 5-53 park calls/pick up parked calls page 5-59 suppressing dtmf playback page 5-63 display dtmf digits page 5-65 call waiting/call w...

  • Page 301

    About this chapter 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-3 configuring operational features blf/xfer and speeddial/xfer keys page 5-178 speeddial/conference key (not applicable to the 6751i) page 5-184 automatic call distribution (acd) (for sylantro servers) page 5-188 acd subscription period page 5-1...

  • Page 302

    About this chapter 5-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml key redirection page 5-352 options key redirection (for options menu on all phones and services menu on 6751i) page 5-353 xml applications and off-hook interaction page 5-355 xml uri for key press simulation pa...

  • Page 303: Operational Features

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-5 configuring operational features operational features description this section describes the operational features managed and configured by a system administrator. User passwords a user or an administrator can change the user passwords on th...

  • Page 304

    Operational features 5-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 enter the new user password. Note: the ip phones support numeric characters only in passwords. If you enter a password with alpha characters, the phone uses the default password instead. 6 press enter . 7 re-en...

  • Page 305

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-7 configuring operational features resetting a user password if a user forgets his password, either the user or an administrator can reset it so a new password can be entered. The reset user password feature resets the password to the factory ...

  • Page 306

    Operational features 5-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 in the “ reset user password ” field, click . The following screen displays: 3 in the “ current password ” field, leave this blank. 4 in the “ new password ” field, enter a new password for the user. Note: the ...

  • Page 307: Administrator Passwords

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-9 configuring operational features administrator passwords an administrator can change the administrator passwords on the phone using the configuration files only. An administrator can also assign a password for using the options key on the ip...

  • Page 308: Locking/unlocking The Phone

    Operational features 5-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide locking/unlocking the phone a user or administrator can lock a phone to prevent it from being used or configured. Once the phone is locked, the user or administrator can enter their password to unlock the phone....

  • Page 309

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-11 configuring operational features locking/unlocking the phone using the ip phone ui use the following ip phone ui procedure to lock/unlock an ip phone and prevent it from being used or configured. Ip phone ui step action lock the phone: 1 pr...

  • Page 310

    Operational features 5-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide locking/unlocking the phone using the aastra web ui use the following aastra web ui procedure to lock/unlock an ip phone and prevent it from being used or configured. Aastra web ui 1 click on operation->phone lo...

  • Page 311

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-13 configuring operational features configuring a lock/unlock key using the configuration files using the configuration files, you can configure a key on the phone (softkey, programmable key, or expansion module key) to use as a lock/unlock ke...

  • Page 312

    Operational features 5-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring a lock/unlock key using the aastra web ui using the aastra web ui, you can configure a key on the phone (softkey, programmable key, expansion module key) to use as a lock/unlock key. In the aastra we...

  • Page 313

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-15 configuring operational features using the configured lock/unlock key on the ip phone after configuring a key as a lock/unlock key, refer to the following procedure to use the key on the ip phone. 3 in the “ type ” field, select phone lock ...

  • Page 314

    Operational features 5-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide defining an emergency dial plan public telephone networks in countries around the world have a single emergency telephone number (emergency services number), that allows a caller to contact local emergency servi...

  • Page 315

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-17 configuring operational features emergency dial plan and pattern matching the ip phones support emergency dialing using pattern matching and prepend dial plan functionality. There are two ways to dial a number on the phone: • dialing digit-...

  • Page 317: Time and Date

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-19 configuring operational features time and date in addition to enabling/disabling the time server, you can also set the time and date, set the time and date format, set the time zone, and set daylight savings time on the ip phones. You confi...

  • Page 318

    Operational features 5-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide time zone & dst there are two ways you can set the time zone on the ip phones. First method - you can set a time zone using the time zone option in the ip phone ui or you can use the “ time zone name” parameter ...

  • Page 319

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-21 configuring operational features absolute time (not applicable to eastern standard time (est)) dst start month the month that dst starts. Valid values are 1 to 12 (january to december). Dst start month: 3 dst end month the month that dst en...

  • Page 320

    Operational features 5-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dst end week the week in the specified month in which dst ends. Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5. 1 = first full week of month -1 = last full week of month 2 = second full week of month ...

  • Page 322

    Operational features 5-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring time and date using the ip phone ui use the following procedure to set a time and date, time and date format, time zone, and daylight savings time using the ip phone ui. Ip phone ui step action 1 pre...

  • Page 323

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-25 configuring operational features 14 press done to save the date format. Set time zone: 15 select time zone . 16 for 9143i, 6751i, 6753i: press * to display a list of time zone options. 17 select a time zone from the list of options. For val...

  • Page 324

    Operational features 5-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring time and date using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to set a time and date, time and date format, time zone, and daylight savings time using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on ...

  • Page 325

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-27 configuring operational features time servers a time server is a computer server that reads the actual time from a reference clock and distributes this information to the clients in a network. The time server may be a local network time ser...

  • Page 326

    Operational features 5-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide setting time server using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to set the time server and optionally set the ip address of time servers 1, 2, and/or 3. 4 enter the ip address of the time server, in dott...

  • Page 327

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-29 configuring operational features to set time server 1, 2, and/or 3: 3 note: the “ time server ” field must be enabled to enter values in the “ time server 1, 2, and 3 ” fields. In the “ time server 1 ”, “ time server 2 ”, and/or “ time serv...

  • Page 328: Backlight Mode

    Operational features 5-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide backlight mode (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct only) the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct have a backlight feature that allows you to turn the backlight on the lcd: • off - backlight is a...

  • Page 329

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-31 configuring operational features 4 select backlight . 5 use the up and down arrow keys to select the backlight status for your phone. Default is “ auto ”. Valid options are: • off • auto (default) note: setting the backlight to “ auto ” dis...

  • Page 330

    Operational features 5-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 7 if you select “ auto ”, press the advanced softkey to set the automatic timer. 8 using the keypad, enter the amount of seconds you want the phone to stay backlit when the phone is idle. Valid values are 1 to 1...

  • Page 331: Live Dial Pad*

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-33 configuring operational features live dial pad* the "live dialpad" option on the ip phone turns the live dial pad mode on or off. With live dial pad on, the ip phone automatically dials out and turns on handsfree mode as soon as a dial pad ...

  • Page 332: Language

    Operational features 5-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide language the ip phones support several different languages. You can have the ip phone ui and the aastra web ui display in a specific language as required. When you set the language to use, all of the display scr...

  • Page 333

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-35 configuring operational features where is the language code specified in standard iso 639 (see appendix a, the section, language codes (from standard iso 639) on page a-165 ) and is the country code specified in standard iso 3166 (see count...

  • Page 334

    Operational features 5-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide loading language packs via the aastra web ui using the aastra web ui, you can specify a language pack to load using the parameters at basic settings->preferences->language settings . You use the following fields...

  • Page 335

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-37 configuring operational features specifying the language to use once the language pack(s) have loaded, you must then specify which language to use on the phone. After the phone has booted up, you can specify which language(s) to use. You ca...

  • Page 336

    Operational features 5-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select language . 3 select english (english) , français (french) , español (spanish) , deutsch (german) , italiano (italian). Notes : 1 ....

  • Page 337

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-39 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->language settings. Loading the language pack 2 in the “ language n ” fields, enter the file name of the language pack you want to use to display a specif...

  • Page 338

    Operational features 5-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 in the “ webpage language ” field, select a language to apply to the aastra web ui. The ip phone supports the following languages: • english (default) • french (european french and canadian french) • spanish (...

  • Page 339

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-41 configuring operational features specifying the input language to use the 5i series phones support text and character inputs in various languages (english, german, french, spanish, and italian). Inputting textual or character information in...

  • Page 340

    Operational features 5-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide french spanish key uppercase characters lowercase characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 abc2ÀÇÁÅÆ abc2àâçáåæ 3 def3ÉÈÊË def3éèêë 4 ghi4ÎÏ ghi4îï 5 jkl5 jkl5 6 mno6ÑÓÒÔÖ mno6ñóòôö 7 pqrs7 pqrs7 8 tuv8ÚÙÛ...

  • Page 341

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-43 configuring operational features german italian key uppercase characters lowercase characters 0 0 0 1 1.:;=_,-'&() 1.:;=_,-'&() 2 abc2ÄÀ abc2äà 3 def3É def3é 4 ghi4 ghi4 5 jkl5 jkl5 6 mno6Ö mno6ö 7 pqrs7ß pqrs7ß 8 tuv8Ü tuv8ü 9 wxyz9 wxyz9 ...

  • Page 342

    Operational features 5-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring language input using the configuration files an administrator can specify the input language to use by entering a specific parameter in the configuration files. An administrator must enter the follow...

  • Page 343

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-45 configuring operational features use the following procedure to change the input language using the ip phone ui. Aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press the options key. 2 select language from the options list. 3 select input language from t...

  • Page 344

    Operational features 5-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring language input using the aastra web ui once “language input” is enabled, an administrator or user can also change the input language on the phone using the aastra web ui. The “ input language ” optio...

  • Page 345

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-47 configuring operational features configuring language input for an xml application a system administrator can enable input languages in xml applications using the object and the “ inputlanguage ” attribute. The “ inputlanguage ” attribute c...

  • Page 346

    Operational features 5-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide utf- 8 codec for multi-national language support the ip phones and expansion modules include support for iso 8859-2 (latin2) of multi-national languages when displaying and inputing in the ip phone ui and the aa...

  • Page 347: Locking Ip Phone Keys

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-49 configuring operational features locking ip phone keys the ip phones allow you to lock or unlock programmable keys, softkeys, hard keys, cordless handset keys, and expansion keys (for expansion modules). When key locking is enabled, the pho...

  • Page 348

    Operational features 5-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide locking the ip phone keys use the following procedures to lock the softkeys and programmable keys on the ip phone. Reference for more information about locking/unlocking the phones using the phone ui and aastra ...

  • Page 349

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-51 configuring operational features if a system administrator unlocks the save and delete keys, these keys can be configured with the same functions that are available for the other programmable keys. Only the system administrator can unlock t...

  • Page 350

    Operational features 5-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide important : if you change the functions of the save and delete keys, and then an administrator locks keys 1 and 2, the functions are automatically set back to the default settings of " save " and " delete ". Loc...

  • Page 351: Local Dial Plan

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-53 configuring operational features local dial plan a dial plan describes the number and pattern of digits that a user dials to reach a particular telephone number. Access codes, area codes, specialized codes, and combinations of the number of...

  • Page 352

    Operational features 5-54 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the dial plan in the above example can accept any 4-digit dial strings that begin with a '0' or '1', any 5-digit dial strings that begin with a '2' up to '8', any 12-digit dial strings that begin with '91', any ...

  • Page 353

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-55 configuring operational features where “9” is the prepended digit, and you dial the following number: 15551212 the ip phone automatically adds the “ 9 ” digit to the beginning of the dialed number before the number is forwarded as 915551212...

  • Page 354

    Operational features 5-56 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide secondary dial tone the ip phones now support a feature that allows the user to dial a predefined dial string, obtain a dial tone, and continue dialing. A user or administrator can configure this using the exist...

  • Page 355

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-57 configuring operational features configuring the sip local dial plan, dial plan terminator, and digit timeout use the following procedures to configure the sip local dial plan using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Configuratio...

  • Page 357

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-59 configuring operational features park calls/pick up parked calls the ip phones (including the 6757i ct handset) have a park and pickup call feature that allows you to park a call and pickup a call when required. There are two ways a user or...

  • Page 358

    Operational features 5-60 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide in the aastra web ui, you use the following fields at basic settings-> preferences to configure park/pickup statically: • park call • pickup call how it displays on the phone on the ip phone ui, the static confi...

  • Page 359

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-61 configuring operational features configuring park /pickup using static configuration (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct only) use the following procedures to configure the park/pickup call feature using the static configuration method...

  • Page 360

    Operational features 5-62 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 enter a server value in the park call field to which incoming live calls will be parked. Note: for values to enter in this field, see the table “p...

  • Page 361: Suppressing Dtmf Playback

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-63 configuring operational features suppressing dtmf playback a feature on the ip phones allows users and administrators to enable or disable the suppression of dtmf playback when a number is dialed from the softkeys and programmable keys. Whe...

  • Page 362

    Operational features 5-64 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 enable the " suppress dtmf playback " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by unchecking the box). Default is disabled. 3 click to...

  • Page 363: Display Dtmf Digits

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-65 configuring operational features display dtmf digits a feature on the ip phones allows users and administrators to enable or disable dtmf (dual-tone multi-frequency) digits to display to the ip phone when using the keypad to dial, or when d...

  • Page 364

    Operational features 5-66 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 enable the " display dtmf digits " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by unchecking the box). Default is disabled. 3 click to sa...

  • Page 365

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-67 configuring operational features call waiting/call waiting tone a call waiting feature notifies the user currently on the phone, of a new incoming call. You can disable this call waiting feature, so that the new incoming call is automatical...

  • Page 366

    Operational features 5-68 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide call waiting tone you can also enable or disable the playing of a short “call waiting tone" when there is an incoming call on your phone. This feature is enabled by default. If you have call waiting enabled, and...

  • Page 367

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-69 configuring operational features . Aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings-> preferences->general. 2 the " call waiting " field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. This feature allows you to enable or disable the ...

  • Page 368: Stuttered Dial Tone

    Operational features 5-70 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide stuttered dial tone you can enable or disable the playing of a stuttered dial tone when there is a message waiting on the ip phone. You can configure this feature using the configuration files and the aastra web...

  • Page 369

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-71 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 the " stuttered dial tone " field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3 click to save your changes. Draft 1.

  • Page 370: Xml Beep Support

    Operational features 5-72 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml beep support the ip phones have a feature that allows you to enable or disable a beep on the phone with it receives a status message from an xml application. This beep can be turned on or off using the aastr...

  • Page 371

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-73 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 the “ xml beep support ” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3 click to save your changes. Draft 1.

  • Page 372: Status Scroll Delay

    Operational features 5-74 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide status scroll delay the ip phones have a feature that allows you to specify the time delay, in seconds, between the scrolling of each status message (including xml status messages) on the phone. The default time...

  • Page 373

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-75 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 in the “ status scroll delay (seconds) ” field, enter a value, in seconds, that each xml status message displays on the phone. Default is 5 se...

  • Page 374

    Operational features 5-76 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide incoming call interrupts dialing you can configure whether or not an incoming call interrupts an outgoing call that is dialing. The “incoming call interrupts dialing” (web ui) parameter or “incoming call cancels...

  • Page 375

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-77 configuring operational features transfer/conference call behavior if you are dialing the phone to transfer or conference a call, and your phone receives an incoming call, your dialing is never interrupted (regardless of whether the “incomi...

  • Page 376

    Operational features 5-78 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 incoming call interrupts dialing is disabled by default. If required, enable the " incoming call interrupts dialing " field by checking the check ...

  • Page 377: Switch Focus to Ringing Line

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-79 configuring operational features switch focus to ringing line an administrator or user can control the behavior of the phone when it receives an incoming call when it is already in a connected call. By default, the phone switches focus to t...

  • Page 378

    Operational features 5-80 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. . 2 the “ switch focus to ringing line ” field is enabled by default. To disable this field, uncheck the box. 3 click to save your changes. “switch ...

  • Page 379

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-81 configuring operational features preferred line and preferred line timeout an administrator or user can define a preferred line as well as a preferred timeout . If a preferred line is selected, after a call ends (incoming or outgoing), the ...

  • Page 380

    Operational features 5-82 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the preferred line and preferred line timeout you use the following procedures to configure the preferred line and the preferred line timeout on the ip phones. Caller id if the "switch ui focus to ri...

  • Page 381

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-83 configuring operational features use the following parameters to configure preferred line focus using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 in the “ preferred line ” field, select a preferred li...

  • Page 382

    Operational features 5-84 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 in the “ preferred line timeout ” field, enter the amount of time, in seconds, that the phone switches back to the preferred line after a call (incoming or outgoing) ends on the phone, or after a duration of i...

  • Page 383

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-85 configuring operational features goodbye key cancels incoming call you can configure the goodbye key to drop active calls or ignore incoming calls using the “ goodbye cancels incoming call ” parameter. This parameter controls the behavior o...

  • Page 384

    Operational features 5-86 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 incoming call interrupts dialing is disabled by default. If required, enable the " incoming call interrupts dialing " field by checking the check ...

  • Page 385

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-87 configuring operational features upnp mapping lines (for remote phones) universal plug and play (upnp) is a standard that uses internet protocols to enable devices to be plugged into a network and automatically know about each other. With u...

  • Page 386

    Operational features 5-88 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 the " upnp mapping lines " field is set to 0 by default. If required, change the setting to a specific line by selecting a line from the list. Val...

  • Page 387

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-89 configuring operational features message waiting indicator line a user or administrator can configure the message waiting indicator (mwi) to illuminate for a specific line or for all lines. For example, if you configure the mwi led on line ...

  • Page 388

    Operational features 5-90 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings-> preferences->general. 2 in the “ message waiting indicator line ” field, select a single line from 1 to 9, or select “all” for all lines. If you select a single line, th...

  • Page 389: Dnd Key Mode

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-91 configuring operational features dnd key mode the ip phones have a feature you can enable called "do not disturb (dnd). An administrator or user can set “do not disturb” based on the accounts on the phone (all accounts or a specific account...

  • Page 390

    Operational features 5-92 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 in the “ dnd key mode ” field, select a “do not disturb” (dnd) mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: account, phone, custom. Default is phon...

  • Page 391: Call Forward Mode

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-93 configuring operational features reference for more information, see the section, “do not disturb (dnd)” on page 5-211 . Call forward mode call forward (cfwd) on the ip phone allows incoming calls to be forwarded to another destination. The...

  • Page 392

    Operational features 5-94 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • custom mode - the custom mode allows you to configure cfwd for a specific account or all accounts. You can configure a specific mode ( all , busy , and/or no answer ) for each account independently or all acco...

  • Page 393

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-95 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general . Note: if there is no cfwd key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still configure call forwarding via the ip phone ui at the path...

  • Page 394

    Operational features 5-96 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide reference for more information, see the section, “call forwarding” on page 5-249 . 2 in the “ call forward key mode ” field, select a call forward mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: account, phone, cust...

  • Page 395: Lldp-Med)

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-97 configuring operational features link layer discovery protocol for media endpoint devices ( lldp-med) and emergency location identification number (elin) the ip phones support link layer discovery protocol for media endpoint devices (lldp-m...

  • Page 396

    Operational features 5-98 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following table identifies the configuration parameters for lldp and elin and which method you can use to configure each parameter. This table also indicates whether the parameters can be configured by an ad...

  • Page 397

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-99 configuring operational features aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press options , and then select administrator menu . On the 6751i: press services, and then select options->administrator menu . 2 select network settings . 3 select ethernet...

  • Page 398

    Operational features 5-100 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide use the following procedure to configure lldp-med using the aastra web ui: aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->network->advanced network settings. 2 the “ lldp ” field is enabled by default. To disable ...

  • Page 399

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-101 configuring operational features 5 select basic settings->preferences->general . 6 the “ use lldp elin ” field is enabled by default. To disable lldp elin, click the check mark in the box to clear the check mark. This field enables or disa...

  • Page 400

    Operational features 5-102 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide incoming/outgoing intercom with auto-answer and barge in the intercom feature allows you to press the configured intercom button on the ip phone and then enter the number you want to call to initiate an interco...

  • Page 401

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-103 configuring operational features incoming intercom calls you can configure how the phone handles incoming intercom calls. You can receive incoming intercom calls whether or not there are active calls on the phone. The way the phone handles...

  • Page 402

    Operational features 5-104 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide allow barge in you can configure whether or not the ip phone allows an incoming intercom call to interrupt an active call. The “ sip intercom allow barge in” parameter controls this feature. When you enable the...

  • Page 403

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-105 configuring operational features use the following procedures to configure intercom calls on the ip phone. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for outgoing intercom, see appendix a, the sectio...

  • Page 404

    Operational features 5-106 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 if phone-side or server-side is selected, select a line from the line list box for which you want the ip phone to use as its configuration on the intercom call. Note: the ip phone uses the configuration from ...

  • Page 405: Group Paging Rtp Settings

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-107 configuring operational features group paging rtp settings an administrator or user can configure a specific key (softkey, programmable key, or expansion module key) on the phone that allows you to send/receive a real time transport protoc...

  • Page 406

    Operational features 5-108 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide how it works after pressing a configured “paging” key on the phone, the phone sends rtp to a preconfigured multicast address(es) (ip port). Any phone in the local network then listens for rtp on the preconfigur...

  • Page 407

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-109 configuring operational features configuring group paging rtp settings use the following procedure to configure group paging rtp settings using the configuration files. Use the following procedure to configure rtp streaming for paging appl...

  • Page 408

    Operational features 5-110 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 in the “ paging listen addresses ” text box, enter the multicast ip address(es) and port number on which the phone listens for incoming multicast rtp packets. Note: enter the ip address in dotted decimal form...

  • Page 409

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-111 configuring operational features 6 in the “ value ” field, enter a multicast ip address(es) and a port number for the paging key. When you press this key, the phone initiates an outgoing multicast rtp session to the specified address(es) u...

  • Page 410

    Operational features 5-112 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using the configured paging key on the ip phone the following procedure describes the use of the paging key. The procedures assumes you have already configured the paging key using the configuration files or th...

  • Page 411: Key Mapping

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-113 configuring operational features key mapping there are hard keys on your phone, such as hold, redial, xfer, and conf that are configured by default for specific call-handling features. (see the product-specific user guide for more informat...

  • Page 412

    Operational features 5-114 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide use the following procedure to enable/disable the redial , xfer , and conf keys. Mapping redial and conf keys as speeddials you can map the redial and conference keys on the ip phone to use as speeddial keys. W...

  • Page 413

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-115 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences . 2 in the key mapping section, enter a number in the " map redial key to " field, that the ip phone will use to speeddial when the redial key is pressed...

  • Page 414

    Operational features 5-116 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using redial key for “last number redial” the ip phones have an enhanced redial user interface that allows a user to quickly redial the last number that was dialed out from the phone. You can: • press the redia...

  • Page 415: Ring Tones and Tone Sets

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-117 configuring operational features ring tones and tone sets you can configure ring tones and ring tone sets on the ip phones. Ring tones there are several distinct ring tones a user or administrator can select from to set on the ip phones. Y...

  • Page 416

    Operational features 5-118 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration method valid values default value aastra web ui global: tone 1 tone 2 tone 3 tone 4 tone 5 silent per-line: global tone 1 tone 2 tone 3 tone 4 tone 5 silent global: tone 1 per-line: global draft 1.

  • Page 417

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-119 configuring operational features ring tone sets in addition to ring tones, you can configure ring tone sets on a global-basis on the ip phones. Ring tone sets consist of tones customized for a specific country. The ring tone sets you can c...

  • Page 418

    Operational features 5-120 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring ring tones and tone sets use the following procedures to configure ring tones and tone sets on the ip phones. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set in the configuration files for r...

  • Page 419

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-121 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences . For global configuration: 2 in the " ring tones " section, select a country from the " tone set " field. Valid values are australia , europe, france , ...

  • Page 420: Priority Alerting

    Operational features 5-122 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide priority alerting priority alerting on the ip phones is a feature that allows incoming calls to trigger pre-defined ringing or call waiting alert tones. You can enable or disable priority alerting on the ip pho...

  • Page 421

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-123 configuring operational features sylantro servers the ring tone keywords that can display in the "alert-info" header for a sylantro server are: when the ring tone keywords appear in an "alert-info" header from a sylantro server, the keywor...

  • Page 422

    Operational features 5-124 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide if you enable priority alerting when using a sylantro server, you can specify the bellcore tone to be used for the following configurable criteria: ring tone pattern (sylantro servers) a system administrator ca...

  • Page 423

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-125 configuring operational features note: if the "do not disturb" (dnd) or the "call forward" (cfwd) feature is enabled on the server-side, and the user is still waiting for a call, the "bellcore-dr5" is a ring splash tone that reminds the us...

  • Page 424

    Operational features 5-126 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring priority alerting and ring tone cadences using the configuration files use the following procedures to configure priority alerting and ring tone cadences on the ip phones. Configuration files for sp...

  • Page 425

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-127 configuring operational features configuring priority alerting using the aastra web ui. Use the following procedure to configure priority alerting using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences . 2 in the "pr...

  • Page 426

    Operational features 5-128 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide call waiting tones call waiting is a feature that tells you if a new caller is trying to contact you when you are already on the phone. A discreet tone alerts you to the new caller, so you can answer your secon...

  • Page 427

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-129 configuring operational features directed call pickup (blf or xml call interception) directed call pickup is a feature on the phones that allows a user to intercept a call on a ringing phone which is part of the same interception group. Yo...

  • Page 428

    Operational features 5-130 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blf and xml softkeys/programmable keys monitor the states of an extension. The extension states can be one of three states: "busy", "ringing" and "idle". If the monitored extension is in the "ringing" state wit...

  • Page 429

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-131 configuring operational features you can enable/disable “directed call pickup” using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Notes: 1. The default method for the phone to use is directed call pickup over blf if the server provides ap...

  • Page 430

    Operational features 5-132 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling directed call pickup use the following procedure to enable or disable the directed call pickup feature on the ip phone. Configuration files to enable/disable directed call pickup on the ip ph...

  • Page 431

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-133 configuring operational features configuring blf/blf list for directed call pickup use the following procedure to configure blf/blf list for directed call pickup in the configuration files. 4 enable the " play a ring splash " field by chec...

  • Page 432

    Operational features 5-134 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide use the following procedure to configure blf or blf/list for directed call pickup in the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->directed call pickup settings. 2 enable the " direct...

  • Page 433

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-135 configuring operational features 5 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Note: depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displays. The 6757...

  • Page 434

    Operational features 5-136 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 8 for the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct softkeys : in the " label " field, enter the name of the person who’s extension you are monitoring (if “type” is blf). Note: if blf\list type is selected, n...

  • Page 435

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-137 configuring operational features configuring xml for directed call pickup use the following procedure to configure xml for directed call pickup in the configuration files. Notes: 1. Before implementing this procedure, you must create an xm...

  • Page 436

    Operational features 5-138 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide use the following procedure to configure xml for directed call pickup in the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->directed call pickup settings. 2 enable the " directed call pick...

  • Page 437

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-139 configuring operational features 5 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Note: depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displays. The 6757...

  • Page 438

    Operational features 5-140 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 9 in the " value " field, enter the uri that the phone uses to display the xml application to the lcd. For example, http://65.205.71.13/xml/startup/key.Php?User=$$sipremotenumber$$. Note: for more information a...

  • Page 439

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-141 configuring operational features softkeys/programmable keys/feature keys/expansion module keys you can configure the softkeys, programmable keys (9143i and 6753i have programmable keys only), feature keys, and expansion module keys to perf...

  • Page 440

    Operational features 5-142 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide state-based softkeys (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct only) users and administrators can configure a specific state to display when a softkey is being used. Available states you can configure for each s...

  • Page 441

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-143 configuring operational features you can enable or disable the softkey states using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. In the aastra web ui, you disable a state by unchecking the box for that operational state. In the configurat...

  • Page 442

    Operational features 5-144 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide softkey12 type: speeddial softkey12 label: voicemail softkey12 value *89 softkey12 states: outgoing note: the ip phone idle screen condenses the softkeys. So in the previous example, softkey 12 will appear in p...

  • Page 443

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-145 configuring operational features configuration example the following example illustrates the use of the "softkeyn states" parameter, and the "softkeyn type" parameter with a value of empty . For clarity purposes, only the "softkeyn type" a...

  • Page 444

    Operational features 5-146 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide programmable keys (9143i, 6753i, 6755i) the following table provides the number of softkeys and programmable keys you can configure, and the number of lines available for each type of phone. *the m670i expansio...

  • Page 445

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-147 configuring operational features key functions table softkey/ programmable key function configuration file parameter aastra web ui parameter description none none none indicates not setting for the key. Line line line indicates the key is ...

  • Page 446

    Operational features 5-148 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide busy lamp field list list blf/list indicates the key is configured for blf list use. A user can dial out on a blf\list configured key. For more information on blf, see the section “busy lamp field (blf)” on pag...

  • Page 447

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-149 configuring operational features extensible markup language) (xml) xml xml indicates the key is configured to accept an xml application for accessing customized xml services. You can also specify a url for an xml key. For more information ...

  • Page 448

    Operational features 5-150 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sprecode sprecode sprecode indicates the key is set to automatically activate specific services offered by the server. For example, if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pressing the key, *82 auto...

  • Page 449

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-151 configuring operational features speeddial/xfer speeddial/xfer speeddial/xfer indicates the key is set to be used as a speeddial key and as a transfer key. For more information about the speeddial/xfer feature, see the section “blf/xfer an...

  • Page 450

    Operational features 5-152 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide conference (applicable to the 6753i only) conf conference indicates the key is configured as a conference key (for local conferencing). (for sylantro and broadsoft servers) an administrator can also enable cent...

  • Page 451

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-153 configuring operational features reference for more information about key functions for your model phone, see your model-specific user’s guide . Paging paging paging indicates the softkey is set for group paging on the phone. Pressing this...

  • Page 452

    Operational features 5-154 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring softkeys and programmable keys use the following procedures to configure the softkeys and programmable keys on the ip phone. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set in the configurat...

  • Page 453

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-155 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displays. ...

  • Page 454

    Operational features 5-156 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 if applicable, in the " value " field, enter a value to associate with the softkey. For example, for a speeddial value, you can enter a number you want to use for the speeddial key, or 12345+ as a speeddial p...

  • Page 455

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-157 configuring operational features 6757i cordless (ct) feature keys in addition to the softkeys on the 6757i ct, this phone also has handset keys you can configure with specific features. You can use the aastra web ui to configure the handse...

  • Page 456

    Operational features 5-158 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide feature key programming guidelines the following are guidelines to use when programming the feature keys on the handset: • all handsets paired with the same base station have the same programmed functions since...

  • Page 457

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-159 configuring operational features handset feature key functions you can configure the features keys on the 6757i ct handset to perform specific functions using the configuration files or the aastra web ui.The following table identifies the ...

  • Page 458

    Operational features 5-160 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide transfer xfer xfer indicates the key is configured as a transfer key for transferring calls. For more information about the xfer key, see your aastra ip phone 6757i ct user’s guide. Park park park indicates the...

  • Page 459

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-161 configuring operational features reference for more information about features key functions for your 6757i ct, see your aastra ip phone 6757i ct user’s guide . Public public public indicates the key is configured to toggle from public to ...

  • Page 460

    Operational features 5-162 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring handset feature keys you can program up to 15 feature keys on the 6757i ct ip phone using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Use the following procedure to program the feature keys on you...

  • Page 461

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-163 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on operation->handset keys. 2 select the handset key you want to program. 3 select the function for that handset key from the " key function " field. 4 click to save the function you s...

  • Page 462

    Operational features 5-164 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide customizing the key type list in the aastra web ui an administrator can configure which key types display in the aastra web ui list for a softkey, programmable key, expansion module key, and/or feature key (ct ...

  • Page 463

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-165 configuring operational features in addition to being able to specify which key types display in the list, the administrator can also determine in which order the key types display. You can use the following configuration file parameters t...

  • Page 464

    Operational features 5-166 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide customizing the key type list using the configuration files use the following procedure to configure the key type list that displays in the aastra web ui. Notes: 1. Any key types configured that do not apply to...

  • Page 465: Speeddial Prefixes

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-167 configuring operational features speeddial prefixes the normal function of the speeddial option allows you to configure a specific key on the phone to dial a number quickly by pressing the configured key. For example, if you had the follow...

  • Page 466

    Operational features 5-168 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling ability to add or edit a speeddial key the ip phones allow you to set a parameter, “ speeddial edit ” using the configuration files that allows you to enable or disable the ability to add a s...

  • Page 467: Busy Lamp Field (Blf)

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-169 configuring operational features busy lamp field (blf) the blf feature on the ip phones allows a specific extension to be monitored for state changes. Blf monitors the status (busy or idle) of extensions on the ip phone. Example a supervis...

  • Page 468

    Operational features 5-170 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blf\list setting (for use with the broadsoft broadworks rel 13 or higher platform only) the blf\list feature on the ip phones is specifically designed to support the broadsoft broadworks rel 13 busy lamp field ...

  • Page 469

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-171 configuring operational features on the 9143i, 6751i, and 6753i running broadsoft firmware, the programmable key leds illuminate either flashing, solid, or turn off depending on the state of those extensions. Draft 1.

  • Page 470

    Operational features 5-172 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide asterisk blf configuration you can enable the blf feature on asterisk to enable monitoring for specific extensions. Blf on asterisk is possible through the “hint” extension parameter. Add the following in the a...

  • Page 471

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-173 configuring operational features configuring blfs use the following procedures to configure blf and blf\list on the ip phone. Configuration files to set blf or blf\list in the configuration files, see appendix a, the sections, • “softkey/p...

  • Page 472

    Operational features 5-174 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displays. The ...

  • Page 473

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-175 configuring operational features 4 for the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct softkeys : in the " label " field, enter the name of the person who’s extension you are monitoring (if “type” is blf). Note: if blf\list type is selecte...

  • Page 474: Blf Subscription Period

    Operational features 5-176 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blf subscription period on the ip phones, you can set the time period, in seconds, that the ip phone resubscribes the blf subscription service after a software/firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the ip phone...

  • Page 475

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-177 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip settings. 2 enter a value, in seconds, from 120 (2 min) to 3600 (1 hour) in the " blf subscription period " field. 3 click to save your c...

  • Page 476

    Operational features 5-178 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blf/xfer and speeddial/xfer keys the ip phones have a transfer (xfer) enhancement feature you can use with the blf and speeddial keys - blf/xfer and speeddial/xfer . The blf key allows one or more extensions to...

  • Page 477

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-179 configuring operational features blf/xfer key requirements and functionality • blf/xfer and blf a blf/xfer key can be configured for subscribing to an extension and monitor the status of the extension, similar to the blf key functionality....

  • Page 478

    Operational features 5-180 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide speeddial/xfer key requirements and functionality the speeddial/xfer key has the following capabilities: • speeddial/xfer and speeddial when the phone is in the “ idle ” state, pressing the speeddial/xfer key c...

  • Page 479

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-181 configuring operational features configuring the blf/xfer key and the speeddial/xfer key using the configuration files you use the following parameters in the configuration files to configure the blf/xfer key and/or speeddial/xfer key on t...

  • Page 480

    Operational features 5-182 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the blf/xfer key and the speeddial/xfer key using the aastra web ui you configure the blf/xfer key and/or the speeddial/xfer key on the ip phone similar to configuring a blf key or speeddial key usi...

  • Page 481

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-183 configuring operational features top keys tab (6757i example) 2 choose a key that you want to assign the blf/xfer key or a speeddial/xfer key to, and select blf/ xfer or speeddial/xfer from the “ type ” field. 3 in the “ label ” field, ent...

  • Page 482: Speeddial/conference Key

    Operational features 5-184 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide speeddial/conference key (not applicable to the 6751i) the ip phones allow you to configure a softkey/programmable key/expansion module key to be used as a speeddial conference key ( speeddial/conf key) while r...

  • Page 483

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-185 configuring operational features configuring the speeddial/conf key using the configuration files to configure the speeddial/conf key using the configuration files, you enter “ speeddialconf” for the key type. The following parameters are ...

  • Page 484

    Operational features 5-186 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the speeddial/conf key using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure the speeddial/conf key using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on operation->sottkeys and xml. Or click...

  • Page 485

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-187 configuring operational features 6 for phones with softkeys: in the states field, select the state(s) (idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy) for which you want to use on the key. Note: states are not applicable to programmable keys (6...

  • Page 486

    Operational features 5-188 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide automatic call distribution (acd) (for sylantro servers) the ip phones support an automatic call distribution (acd) feature for sylantro servers. The acd feature allows the sylantro server to distribute calls f...

  • Page 487

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-189 configuring operational features acd auto-available timer whenever the ip phone user answers a call, or misses a call, the server automatically changes the phone’s status to unavailable. The administrator can control how long the ip phone ...

  • Page 488

    Operational features 5-190 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the acd auto-available timer . Configuration files to configure the acd auto-available timer using the configuration files, see appendix a, the section, “acd auto-available timer settings” on page a...

  • Page 489

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-191 configuring operational features configuring an acd key using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure an acd softkey, programmable key, or expansion module key using the aastra web ui. This procedure uses the 6755i ip ph...

  • Page 490

    Operational features 5-192 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the acd auto-available timer using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure an acd auto-available timer using the aastra web ui. 4 in the “line” field, select the line which the ip...

  • Page 491

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-193 configuring operational features using the acd feature on your ip phone the acd feature allows you to login to a phone queue in order to receive distributed calls on your ip phone. To login to a phone queue, your system administrator must ...

  • Page 492

    Operational features 5-194 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide this icon changes when you log on to the phone queue and are available to take calls. The icon changes again when you are busy with an active call. The table below describes the meaning of the led, and each ico...

  • Page 493

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-195 configuring operational features logging in to a phone queue (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct) use the following procedure to log into a phone queue from your aastra ip phone. Aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press the acd softkey ...

  • Page 494

    Operational features 5-196 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 press the log in softkey. You are logged into the phone queue. Once you log in, examine the ip phone ui, and note the following information: • if your ip phone status is set to “available” then the server wil...

  • Page 495

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-197 configuring operational features logging in to a phone queue (6753i and 9143i) use the following procedure to log into a phone queue from your aastra ip phone. Aastra ip phone ui step action 1 press the acd programmable key on your ip phon...

  • Page 496: Acd Subscription Period

    Operational features 5-198 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide acd subscription period on the ip phones, you can set the time period, in seconds, that the ip phone resubscribes the acd subscription service after a software/firmware upgrade or after a reboot of the ip phone...

  • Page 497

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-199 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip settings. 2 enter a value, in seconds, from 120 (2 min) to 3600 (1 hour) in the " acd subscription period " field. 3 click to save your c...

  • Page 498: Bla Subscription Period

    Operational features 5-200 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide bla subscription period the ip phones include a sip bla subscription period parameter that allows an administrator to set the amount of time, in seconds, of the bla subscription period. If this parameter is set...

  • Page 499

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-201 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip settings. 2 in the “ bla subscription period ” field, enter a value, in seconds, that the phone waits to receive a bla subscribe message ...

  • Page 500

    Operational features 5-202 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide directed call pickup/group call pickup (for sylantro servers) aastra ip phones and any attached expansion modules support the directed call pickup (dcp) and group call pickup (gcp) features. The directed call p...

  • Page 501

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-203 configuring operational features configuring dcp/gcp using the configuration files (for sylantro servers) use the following procedures to configure dcp/gcp using the configuration files. Configuration files to set dcp/gcp in the configurat...

  • Page 502

    Operational features 5-204 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring directed call pickup (dcp) using the aastra web ui (for sylantro servers) use the following procedure to configure directed call pickup using the aastra draft 1.

  • Page 503

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-205 configuring operational features web ui. This procedure uses the 6757i ip phone as an example. Aastra web ui 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Dependin...

  • Page 504

    Operational features 5-206 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 in the “label” field, specify a name for this directed call pickup softkey. For example: dcp2200 5 in the “value” field, specify the extension you want to intercept when you press this softkey. For example: 2...

  • Page 505

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-207 configuring operational features configuring group call pickup (gcp) using the aastra web ui (for sylantro servers) use the following procedure to configure group call pickup using the aastra web ui. Note: a ring group must be configured o...

  • Page 506

    Operational features 5-208 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml or click on operation->programmable keys or click on operation->expansion module . Depending on your phone-model, the key configuration screen displays. The ...

  • Page 507

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-209 configuring operational features using directed call pickup/group call pickup use the following procedure for the dcp/gcp on your phone. 5 in the “value” field, enter groupcallpickup. 6 click to save your changes. Note: before using the dc...

  • Page 508

    Operational features 5-210 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 if the monitored extension receives multiple incoming calls simultaneously, the phone displays a list of incoming calls. 3 select a call from this list using the up and down arrow keys. Press the " pickup " s...

  • Page 509: Do Not Disturb (Dnd)

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-211 configuring operational features do not disturb (dnd) the ip phones have a feature you can enable called "do not disturb (dnd). An administrator or user can set “do not disturb” based on the accounts on the phone (all accounts or a specifi...

  • Page 510

    Operational features 5-212 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following describes the dnd key behavior for each dnd mode. • account - dnd key toggles the account in focus on the ip phone ui, to on or off if dnd enabled for that account. • phone - dnd key toggles all a...

  • Page 511

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-213 configuring operational features configuring dnd using the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure dnd on the ip phone: • dnd key mode • softkeyn type, topsoftkeyn type, prgkeyn type, or expmodx keyn type • softke...

  • Page 512

    Operational features 5-214 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring dnd using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure dnd mode using the aastra web ui: aastra web ui 1 click on basic settings->preferences->general. 2 in the “ dnd key mode ” field,...

  • Page 513

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-215 configuring operational features 3 click to save your changes. The change takes effect immediately without a reboot. 4 click on basic settings->account configuration. 5 for each account, enable dnd by placing a check mark in the box. Disab...

  • Page 514

    Operational features 5-216 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 click to save your changes. The change takes effect immediately without a reboot. 7 click on operation->softkeys and xml ; or click on operation->programmable keys; or click on operation->expansion module . N...

  • Page 515

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-217 configuring operational features using dnd modes via the ip phone ui if you add a dnd key using the configuration files or the aastra web ui, you can toggle the dnd state using the ip phone ui. Use the following procedure to enable/disable...

  • Page 516

    Operational features 5-218 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra ip phone ui step action dnd in account mode on the 9143i, 6751i and 6753i: with the account in focus on the ip phone ui, press the dnd key to toggle dnd on or off for the account. Use the right and lef...

  • Page 517

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-219 configuring operational features dnd in phone mode on the 9143i, 6751i and 6753i: press the dnd key to toggle dnd on or off for all accounts on the phone. Toggling to on enables dnd on all accounts on the phone. Toggling to off disables dn...

  • Page 518

    Operational features 5-220 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dnd in custom mode on the 9143i, 6751i and 6753i: press the dnd key on the phone. The screen displays a list of the accounts on the phone and allows you to enable/disable a specific account or all accounts. Use...

  • Page 519

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-221 configuring operational features if dnd is configured on the phone, the softkey or programmable key switches dnd on and off. If the phone shares a line with other phones, only the phone that has dnd configured is affected. The second line ...

  • Page 520

    Operational features 5-222 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide bridged line appearance (bla) a sip bridge line appearance (bla) on the ip phones allows multiple devices to share a single directory address (da). For example, people working at a technical support department ...

  • Page 521

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-223 configuring operational features the following table shows the number of lines that can be set to bla for each model phone. Configuring bla you can configure bla on a global or per-line basis using the configuration files or the aastra web...

  • Page 522

    Operational features 5-224 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide per-line bla you configure bla on a per-line basis in the configuration files using the following parameters: sip linen mode sip linen username sip linen bla number you configure bla on a per-line basis in the ...

  • Page 523

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-225 configuring operational features for inin server when configuring the bla feature on an inin server, the value set for the sip linen bla number parameter shall be the same value set for the sip linen user name parameter without the increme...

  • Page 524

    Operational features 5-226 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 for global configuration of bla: click on advanced settings->global sip->basic sip authentication settings. Draft 1.

  • Page 525

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-227 configuring operational features for per-line configuration of bla: click on advanced settings->line n (1-9). In the " line mode " field, select the bla option. 2 in the " phone number " field, enter the phone number of the ip phone. 3 for...

  • Page 526

    Bla subscription period the phones include a sip bla subscription period parameter that allows an administrator to set the amount of time, in seconds, of the bla subscription period. Reference for more information about setting the bla subscription period, see the section, “bla subscription period” ...

  • Page 527

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-229 configuring operational features bla support for third party registration bla allows an address of record (aor) to be assigned onto different line appearances for a group of sip user agents (ip phones). When a call is made to this bla numb...

  • Page 528

    Operational features 5-230 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide #alice phone number sip line2 bla number:4085582868 sip line2 display name:alice sip line2 screen name:alice alice’s configuration is as follows: #line 1 sip line1 auth name:4085582868 sip line1 password: sip l...

  • Page 529

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-231 configuring operational features bla support for message waiting indicator (mwi) the ip phones have an option for a busy line appearance (bla) configured line to send a subscribe sip message for a message waiting indicator (mwi). You can c...

  • Page 530

    Operational features 5-232 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring bla support for mwi using the configuration files configuring bla support for mwi using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure bla support for mwi. Configuration files for specif...

  • Page 531

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-233 configuring operational features 2 the “ mwi for bla account” field is disabled by default. To enable this feature, place a checkmark in the “ enabled ” box. Notes : 1. If you change the setting on this parameter, you must reboot the phone...

  • Page 532: Park/pick Up Key

    Operational features 5-234 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide park/pick up key the ip phones (including the 6757i ct and 9480i ct handsets) have a park and pickup call feature that allows you to park a call and pickup a call when required. There are two ways a user or adm...

  • Page 533

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-235 configuring operational features on 9480i/9480i ct and 6757i/6757i ct on the ip phone ui, the park/pickup feature displays the following: • when a call comes in, and you pickup the handset, the custom label that you configured for the park...

  • Page 534

    Operational features 5-236 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring park/pickup key using configuration files in the configuration files, you configure park/pickup using the key parameters. You must specify the "softkeyn value", "prgkeyn value", “topsoftkeyn value“,...

  • Page 535

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-237 configuring operational features model 6753i and 9143i examples use the following procedure to configure a park/pickup key using the configuration files. Server park configuration pickup configuration asterisk prgkeyn type: park prgkeyn va...

  • Page 536

    Operational features 5-238 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring a park/pickup key using aastra web ui on the 6757i/6757i ct and 9480i/9480i ct, you configure a park and/or pickup key at operation->softkeys and xml . You enter a key label, and value for a specifi...

  • Page 537

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-239 configuring operational features aastra web ui for the 6757i/6757i ct and 9480i/9480i ct: 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml. 2 pick a softkey to configure for parking a call. 3 in the " type " field, select park . 4 in the " label " f...

  • Page 538

    Operational features 5-240 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 11 in the " value " field, enter the appropriate value based on the server in your network. Note: for values to enter in this field, see the table “park/pickup call server configuration values” on page 5-238 . ...

  • Page 539

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-241 configuring operational features for the 6753i and 9143i: 1 click on operation->programmable keys. 6753i and 9143i screen 2 pick a hard key (from keys 3 through 6) to configure for parking a call. 3 in the " hard key " field, select park ....

  • Page 540

    Operational features 5-242 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 10 click to save your changes. You must restart your ip phone for the changes to take affect. 11 click on operation->reset . 12 in the " restart phone " field click to restart the ip phone and apply the changes...

  • Page 541

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-243 configuring operational features using the park call/pickup parked call feature use the following procedures on the ip phones to park a call and pick up a parked call. Ip phone ui step action parking a call 1 while on a live call, press th...

  • Page 542

    Operational features 5-244 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 enter the extension number where the call was parked. 6 press the " pickup " softkey. If the call pick up is successful, you are connected with the parked call. Ip phone ui step action draft 1.

  • Page 543

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-245 configuring operational features last call return (lcr) (sylantro servers) last call return (lcr) allows an administrator or user to configure a "last call return" function on a softkey or programmable key. This feature is for sylantro ser...

  • Page 544

    Operational features 5-246 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui for the 6757i/6757i ct: 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml. 2 pick a softkey to configure for last call return. 3 in the " type " field, select lcr . 4 in the " line " field, select a line for...

  • Page 545

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-247 configuring operational features for the 6757i ct handset: 1 click on operation->handset keys. 2 pick a handset key to configure for last call return. 3 in the " key function " field, select lcr . 4 click to save your changes. Aastra web u...

  • Page 546

    Operational features 5-248 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide for the 6753i and 9143i 1 click on operation->programmable keys. 6753i and 9143i screen 2 pick a hard key (from keys 3 through 6) to configure for last call return. 3 in the " type " field, select lcr . 4 for t...

  • Page 547: Call Forwarding

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-249 configuring operational features call forwarding call forward (cfwd) on the ip phone allows incoming calls to be forwarded to another destination. The phone sends the sip message to the sip proxy, which then forwards the call to the assign...

  • Page 548

    Operational features 5-250 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following table describes the key and message waiting indicator (mwi) leds when you enable cfwd on the ip phone. You can enable/disable cfwd and set a cfwd key using the configuration files or the aastra we...

  • Page 549

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-251 configuring operational features configuring call forwarding you use the following parameters to set cfwd on the ip phone using the configuration files: • call forward key mode • softkeyn type, topsoftkeyn type, prgkeyn type, or expmodx ke...

  • Page 550

    Operational features 5-252 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide : aastra web ui 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml ; or click on operation->programmable keys; or click on operation->expansion module . 2 click to save your changes. Softkey 2 configured for cfwd draft 1.

  • Page 551

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-253 configuring operational features 3 click on basic settings->preferences->general. Note: if there is no cfwd key configured on the phone or it is removed, you can still set the cfwd modes via the ip phone ui at the path options->call forwar...

  • Page 552

    Operational features 5-254 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 in the “ call forward key mode ” field, select a call forward mode to use on the phone. Valid values are: account, phone, custom. Default is account . • account the account mode allows you to configure cfwd o...

  • Page 553

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-255 configuring operational features 6 click on basic settings->account configuration. 7 for each account, enable cfwd state by placing a check mark in one or more of the following “ state ” fields: • all • busy • no answer the “ all ” option ...

  • Page 554

    Operational features 5-256 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 8 for each account, in the “ number ” field, enter the phone number for which you want the incoming calls to forward to if the phone is in the specified state. If using the “ account ” mode or “ custom ” mode, ...

  • Page 555

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-257 configuring operational features using cfwd modes via the ip phone ui if you enable/disable cfwd using the configuration files or the aastra web ui, you can use the cfwd screens that display to the ip phone ui. You can access the cfwd para...

  • Page 556

    Operational features 5-258 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra ip phone ui step action cfwd in account mode (9143i, 6751i, and 6753i) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, screenname2, and screenname...

  • Page 557

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-259 configuring operational features 3 select a state for the account(s) in focus using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for an account: • all - enables cfwd all for an account and forwards ...

  • Page 558

    Operational features 5-260 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 7 in the cfwd state screen, press the down arrow key to scroll to the cfwd number screen and press change . 8 enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus. When the phone is in the state you spec...

  • Page 559

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-261 configuring operational features 10 for the cfwd no answer state, in the cfwd number screen, press the down arrow key to scroll to the cfwd no. Rings screen and press change . 11 press the next key to select the number of rings to apply to...

  • Page 560

    Operational features 5-262 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 14 press # to confirm the change(s) each time the “apply changes” screen displays. All changes are saved to the phone. Aastra ip phone ui step action draft 1.

  • Page 561

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-263 configuring operational features cfwd in phone mode (9143i, 6751i, and 6753i) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, screenname2, and screenname3, are three accounts configure...

  • Page 562

    Operational features 5-264 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 press the call forward key. The call forward mode screen displays. Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through each state type. In the above example, the account has cfwd all and cfwd noans enabled as in...

  • Page 563

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-265 configuring operational features 3 select a state using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable a specific account on the phone with any or all of the following states. However, the configuration you set will apply to all accoun...

  • Page 564

    Operational features 5-266 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 press the change key in the cfwd state screen. Press next to toggle the state of the cfwd state on or off. In the example in step 4, you press next to change the option to off . 6 press the set key to save th...

  • Page 565

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-267 configuring operational features 10 for the cfwd no answer state, in the cfwd number screen, press the down arrow key to scroll to the cfwd no. Rings screen and press change . 11 press the next key to select the number of rings to apply to...

  • Page 566

    Operational features 5-268 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 14 press # to confirm the change(s) each time the “apply changes” screen displays. All the same changes are saved to all accounts on the phone. Aastra ip phone ui step action draft 1.

  • Page 567

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-269 configuring operational features cfwd in custom mode (9143i, 6751i, and 6753i) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, screenname2, and screenname3, are three accounts configur...

  • Page 568

    Operational features 5-270 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 select an account to configure. Press the change key. The cfwd mode screen displays. Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through each state screen. In the above example, the account has cfwd all and cfwd...

  • Page 569

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-271 configuring operational features 3 select a state for the account(s) in focus using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for a specific account or for all accounts (with individual configura...

  • Page 570

    Operational features 5-272 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 press the change key in the cfwd state screen. Press next to toggle the state of the cfwd state on or off. In the example in step 4, you press next to change the option to off . 6 press the set key to save th...

  • Page 571

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-273 configuring operational features 10 for the cfwd no answer state, in the cfwd number screen, press the down arrow key to scroll to the cfwd no. Rings screen and press change . 11 press the next key to select the number of rings to apply to...

  • Page 572

    Operational features 5-274 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 13 press done to save cfwd all number, cfwd all state, cfwd busy number, cfwd busy state, cfwd no answer number, cfwd no answer state, cfwd no answer rings. Each time you press done , the following “apply chang...

  • Page 573

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-275 configuring operational features . Aastra ip phone ui step action cfwd in account mode (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, scr...

  • Page 574

    Operational features 5-276 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 select a state for the account(s) in focus using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for an account: • all - enables cfwd all for an account and forwards all ...

  • Page 575

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-277 configuring operational features 4 for the cfwd no answer state, press the change key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the call forward state screen. In the following example, the cfwd all state is on. Note: you can press...

  • Page 576

    Operational features 5-278 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 press the change key in the cfwd state screen. With the cursor in the “ state ” field, toggle the state on and off by pressing the change key. Note: you can press the allaccts key to copy the settings in the ...

  • Page 577

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-279 configuring operational features cfwd in phone mode (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, screenname2, and screenname3, are thre...

  • Page 578

    Operational features 5-280 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 select a state for the phone using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable a specific account on the phone with any or all of the following states. However, the configuration you set will apply to ...

  • Page 579

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-281 configuring operational features 4 in the cfwd no answer state, press the change key for the mode you selected in step 2. This displays the call forward state screen. In the following example, the cfwd all state is on. 5 press the change k...

  • Page 580

    Operational features 5-282 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 use the down arrow key to scroll to the “ number ” field. Enter a phone number to apply to the current state in focus. When the phone is in the state you specified, and a call comes into the phone, it forward...

  • Page 581

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-283 configuring operational features cfwd in custom mode (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct) 1 use the right and left arrow keys to scroll through each account. In the above example, screenname1, screenname2, and screenname3, are thr...

  • Page 582

    Operational features 5-284 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 select an account using the up and down arrow keys. You can also use the following keys if required: all off key - disables cfwd for all accounts on the phone. All on key - enables cfwd for all accounts on th...

  • Page 583

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-285 configuring operational features 5 select a state for the selected account(s) using the up and down arrow keys. You can enable/disable any or all of the following states for a specific account or for all accounts (with individual configura...

  • Page 584

    Operational features 5-286 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 press the change key for the mode you selected in step 4. This displays the call forward state screen. In the following example, the cfwd all state is on. Note: you can press the allaccts key to copy the sett...

  • Page 585

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-287 configuring operational features 7 press the change key in the cfwd state screen. With the cursor in the “ state ” field, toggle the state on and off by pressing the change key. Note: you can press the allaccts key to copy the settings in ...

  • Page 586: Callers List

    Operational features 5-288 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide callers list the ip phones have a "callers list" feature that store the name, phone number, and incremental calls, for each call received by the phone. The following illustrations show the default location of t...

  • Page 587

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-289 configuring operational features you can enable and disable the callers list feature using the configuration files. When disabled, the callers list does not display on the ip phone ui and the caller list key is ignored when pressed. When e...

  • Page 588

    Operational features 5-290 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide you can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a callers list in a spreadsheet application. The file displays the name, phone number, and the line that the ...

  • Page 589

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-291 configuring operational features enabling/disabling callers list you can enable and disable user access to the callers list on the ip phones using the following parameter in the configuration files: • callers list disabled valid values for...

  • Page 590

    Operational features 5-292 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 to delete all entries in the callers list, press the 3 delete key at the "callers list" header. To delete a line item from the callers list, select the line item you want to delete and press the 3 delete key....

  • Page 591

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-293 configuring operational features downloading the callers list use the following procedure to download the callers list using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on operation->directory. 2 in the callers list field, click on . A “ file...

  • Page 592

    Operational features 5-294 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide customizable callers list and services keys the ip phones currently have a callers list key (all 5i series phones) and a services key (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct). An administrator can specify ...

  • Page 593: Missed Calls Indicator

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-295 configuring operational features missed calls indicator the ip phone has a "missed calls" indicator that increments the number of missed calls to the phone. This feature is accessible from the ip phone ui only. You can enable and disable t...

  • Page 594

    Operational features 5-296 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide accessing and clearing missed calls use the following procedure to access and clear missed calls from the callers list. Once you display the callers list, the " new calls" indicator clears. Ip phone ui step act...

  • Page 595: Directory List

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-297 configuring operational features directory list the ip phones have a " directory list " feature that allows you to store frequently used names and numbers on the phone. You can also dial directly from the directory entry. The following ill...

  • Page 596

    Operational features 5-298 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6753i 6755i 6757i/6757i ct directory key options key 6751i ( directory is an option under services menu ) directory key draft 1.

  • Page 597

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-299 configuring operational features directory list capabilities in the directory list a user or administrator can store a maximum of 7 numbers associated with a unique name. You can apply pre-defined labels to the entry which include, office ...

  • Page 598

    Operational features 5-300 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • you can use any spreadsheet application to open the file for viewing. The following is an example of a directory list in a spreadsheet application. This is an administrator and user function. The file display...

  • Page 599

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-301 configuring operational features server to ip phone download you can populate your ip phone directory list with server directory files. To activate this feature, you need to add the following parameters to the configuration files: • direct...

  • Page 600

    Operational features 5-302 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide server to ip phone download behavior the software that reads directory files from the server, loads the file’s contents into the phone's nvram when the phone is booting. Directory entries in the nvram that orig...

  • Page 601

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-303 configuring operational features using the directory list use the following procedures to access and use the directory list. Note: in the following procedure, the location of keys (hard keys, softkeys, and programmable keys) on the phone a...

  • Page 602

    Operational features 5-304 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide to edit an entry in the directory list: 5 a at a line item in the directory list, press the 3 key. Note: use the save key to scroll between the number, name and line entries. B edit the phone number if required...

  • Page 603

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-305 configuring operational features 9 to exit the directory list, press the directory key again, the goodbye key, or the quit key (depending on your specific phone model). From the 9480i ct and 6757i ct handset: 10 a press the public/private ...

  • Page 604

    Operational features 5-306 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide downloading from the server to the ip phone you can use the configuration files to download the directory list from the configuration server to the ip phone.. Use the following procedure to configure the downlo...

  • Page 605

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-307 configuring operational features use the following procedure to configure the download. Aastra web ui 1 click on operation->directory. 2 in the directory list field, click on . A “file download” message displays. 3 click . 4 enter the loca...

  • Page 606: Voicemail

    Operational features 5-308 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide voicemail (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct only) the voicemail feature on the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i and 6757i ct ip phones allow you to configure lines with phone numbers so the phone can di...

  • Page 607

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-309 configuring operational features to configure the voicemail feature on the 9480i/9480i ct and 6757i/6757i ct, you must enter the following parameter in the configuration files: • sip linen vmail: you can enter up to 9 voicemail numbers ass...

  • Page 608

    Using voicemail (9480i, 9480i ct, 6757i6757i ct only) use the following procedure to access and use voicemail. Ip phone ui step action for the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6757i/6757i ct: 1 press services on the phone to display the services menu. 2 from the services menu, select " voicemail ". 3 use the r and ...

  • Page 609: Xml Customized Services

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-311 configuring operational features xml customized services extensible markup language (xml) is a markup language much like html. Html was designed to display data and to focus on how data looks. Xml was designed to describe data and to focus...

  • Page 610

    Operational features 5-312 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide for more information about creating customized xml applications, see appendix f, “creating and managing xml applications.” aastraipphonedirectory (for directory list screen) creates an online directory list tha...

  • Page 611

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-313 configuring operational features you can also use the following attributes/options with the xml objects to further customize your xml applications: attribute/option description/usage valid values beep enables or disables a beep option to i...

  • Page 613

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-315 configuring operational features enabling/disabling a beep for status message displays you can enable or disable a beep option using the status message object (aastraipphonestatus), the configuration files, or the aastra web ui. When the p...

  • Page 614

    Operational features 5-316 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide scroll delay option for status messages the ip phones support a scroll delay option that allows you to set the time delay, in seconds, between the scrolling of each status message on the phone. The default time...

  • Page 615

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-317 configuring operational features for more information about creating xml configuration scripts and for xml script examples, see appendix f, “creating and managing xml applications” . Configuring the phone to use xml you can configure the p...

  • Page 616

    Operational features 5-318 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml push requests in addition to initiating a request to an xml application from a softkey, an http server can push an xml object to the phone via http post. When the phone sees a push request containing an xml...

  • Page 617

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-319 configuring operational features aastra web ui for the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct: 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml . 2 select a key from keys 1 through 20. 3 in the " type " field, select xml from the list box. 4 in the...

  • Page 618

    Operational features 5-320 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 7 in the " xml application title " field, enter the name of the xml application that you want to display on the ip phone services menu. In the illustration above, the xml application title is " aastra telecom "...

  • Page 619

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-321 configuring operational features aastra web ui for the 9143i, 6753i 1 click on operation->programmable keys. 6753i and 9143i screen 2 for the 6753i and 9143i, select a key from keys 3 through 6. 3 in the " hard key " field, select xml from...

  • Page 620

    Operational features 5-322 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 click on advanced settings->configuration server . 7 in the "xml push server list (approved ip addresses)" field, enter the host ip address and/or domain name server. You can enter multiple ip address and/or ...

  • Page 621

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-323 configuring operational features using the xml customized service after you create, save, and configure the ip phone with an xml application, the customized service is ready for you to use. Use the following procedure to use the xml featur...

  • Page 622

    Operational features 5-324 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ip phone ui step action for the 9143i, 6753i: 1 press the programmable key configured on the phone for xml services. A " custom features " screen displays. 2 use the r and s to scroll through the customized fea...

  • Page 623

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-325 configuring operational features xml action uris the ip phones have a feature that allows an administrator to specify a uniform resource identifier (uri) that triggers a get when certain events occur. The ip phone events that support this ...

  • Page 624

    Operational features 5-326 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following table identifies the configurable action uri parameters in the configuration files and the aastra web ui. This table also identifies the variables that apply to specific parameters. Action uris an...

  • Page 625

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-327 configuring operational features variable descriptions action uri registration event registration event $$registrationstate$$ $$registrationcode$$ action uri incoming incoming call $$remotenumber$$ $$displayname$$ $$sipusername$$ $$incomin...

  • Page 626

    Operational features 5-328 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the following table provides a description of each variable. Variable description $$sipusername$$ username associated with: • registered phone • incoming caller • outgoing caller $$sipauthname$$ authentication ...

  • Page 627

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-329 configuring operational features how it works when a startup, successful registration, incoming call, outgoing call, offhook, or onhook call event occurs on the phone, the phone checks to see if the event has an action uri configured. If t...

  • Page 628

    Operational features 5-330 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide you can configure this feature via the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Configuring xml action uris use the following procedures to configure xml action uris using the configuration files or the aastra...

  • Page 629

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-331 configuring operational features aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->action uri. 2 enter an xml uri for a startup event in the “ startup ” field. For example: http://10.50.10.140/startup this parameter specifies the uri for which t...

  • Page 630

    Operational features 5-332 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 enter an xml uri in the “ registration event ” field, for when the phone performs registration. For example: http://10.30.100.39/phptests/ actionuri.Php?Action=regevt®state=$$registrationstate$$®code=$$...

  • Page 631

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-333 configuring operational features 8 enter an xml uri for an onhook event in the “ onhook ” field. For example: http://10.50.10.140/onhook.Php?State=$$linestate$$ this parameter specifies the uri for which the phone executes a get on when an...

  • Page 632

    Operational features 5-334 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide polling action uris another way to reach a phone behind a nat/firewall is to have the phone make an xml call at periodic intervals. An administrator can use the action uri poll parameter that commands the phone...

  • Page 633

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-335 configuring operational features configuring polling action uri via the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure polling action uri using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->action uri . 2 in the “ ...

  • Page 634

    Operational features 5-336 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide action uri disconnected the phones have a parameter, “ action uri disconnected ” that allow a disconnect event to occur when the phone transitions from any active state (outgoing, incoming, connected, or callin...

  • Page 635

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-337 configuring operational features example if you enter the following string on phone a for the “ action uri disconnected” parameter: action uri disconnected: http://fargo.Ana.Aastra.Com/ disconnected.Xml?State=$$linestate$$ and then phone a...

  • Page 636

    Operational features 5-338 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->action uri->event. 2 in the “ disconnected ” field, enter a valid uri for which the phone executes a get on, when it transitions from the incoming, outgoing, calling,...

  • Page 637

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-339 configuring operational features xml sip notify events in order for an xml push to bypass the nat/firewall, the phone supports a proprietary sip notify event (aastra-xml) with or without xml content. An administrator can enable/disable the...

  • Page 638

    Operational features 5-340 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide when the phone receives the sip notify, it will trigger the action uri xml sip notify parameter , if it has been previously configured using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. If the action uri xml s...

  • Page 639

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-341 configuring operational features enabling/disabling xml sip notify using the configuration files to enable/disable the sip notify event, you can set the following parameter in the configuration files: • sip xml notify event if the content ...

  • Page 640

    Operational features 5-342 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling xml sip notify using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to enable/disable the xml sip notify feature in the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui enabling/disabling the xml sip notify featu...

  • Page 641

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-343 configuring operational features 2 the “ xml sip notify " field is disabled by default. To enable this field, check the box. This field enables or disables the phone to accept or reject an aastra-xml sip notify message. Note: to ensure the...

  • Page 642

    Operational features 5-344 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring xml sip notify using the aastra web ui if an empty sip notify message received by the phone use the following procedure in the aastra web ui to configure the xml sip notify parameter when the phone ...

  • Page 643

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-345 configuring operational features xml softkey uri in addition to specifying variables for the action uris, you can also specify variables in the xml softkey uris that are bound when the key is pressed. These variables are the same as those ...

  • Page 644

    Operational features 5-346 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide you can configure the xml softkey uri variables via the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Configuring xml softkey uris use the following procedures to configure xml softkey uris using the configuration ...

  • Page 645

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-347 configuring operational features aastra web ui for the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct: 1 click on operation->softkeys and xml . 2 select a key from keys 1 through 20. 3 in the " type " field, select xml from the list box. 4 in the...

  • Page 646

    Operational features 5-348 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 in the " value " field, enter the uri that the phone performs a get on when the key is pressed. For example: http://10.50.10.140/script.Pl?Name=$$sipusername$$ note: you can use the following variables in the...

  • Page 647

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-349 configuring operational features aastra web ui for the 9143i, 6753i: 1 click on operation->programmable keys. 6753i and 9143i screen 2 on the 9143i and 6753i, select a key from keys 1 through 6. 3 in the " type " field, select xml from the...

  • Page 648

    Operational features 5-350 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 5 in the " value " field, enter the uri that the phone performs a get on when the key is pressed. For example: http://10.50.10.140/script.Pl?Name=$$sipusername$$ note: you can use the following variables in the...

  • Page 649

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-351 configuring operational features web applications keys the ip phones have a feature that allow a user or administrator to assign a pre-programmed xml-based application to a softkey, programmable key, or expansion module key. This pre-progr...

  • Page 650

    Operational features 5-352 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml key redirection the ip phones allow the redirecting of phone-based hard keys to xml scripts. This allows the server to provide the phone with redial, transfer (xfer), conference (conf), and intercom (icom) ...

  • Page 651

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-353 configuring operational features configuring xml redirection of the redial, xfer, conf, and icom keys, and the voicemail option use the following procedure to configure xml redirection of the redial, xfer, conf, and icom keys, and the voic...

  • Page 652

    Operational features 5-354 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • on the 6751i, the redirection feature works after selecting “options” from the services menu. To display the original options menu, press and hold the services key. An administrator can configure the xml opti...

  • Page 653

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-355 configuring operational features xml applications and off-hook interaction a feature on the ip phone allows you to specify whether the phone is prevented from going into the off-hook/dialing state when the handset is off-hook and the call ...

  • Page 654

    Operational features 5-356 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml override for a locked phone the ip phones have a feature that allows a locked phone to be overridden when an xml application is sent to the phone. This feature also allows you to still use any softkeys/prog...

  • Page 655

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-357 configuring operational features audio transmit and receive gain adjustments the audio gain properties for the ip phone handset, headset, and speakerphone is adjusted to reduce side-tone and echo on the local and far-end equipment. You can...

  • Page 656

    Operational features 5-358 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring audio transmit and receive gain adjustments you can configure the audio transmit and gain adjustments using the configuration files only. Use the following procedure to configure this feature. Hands...

  • Page 657

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-359 configuring operational features centralized conferencing (for sylantro and broadsoft servers) the ip phones include support for centralized conferencing (ad-hoc conferencing) for sylantro and broadsoft servers. This feature provides centr...

  • Page 658

    Operational features 5-360 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide to use the centralized conferencing after it is enabled, see your model-specific ip phone user guide . Configuring centralized conferencing using the configuration files you use the following parameters to conf...

  • Page 659

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-361 configuring operational features configuring centralized conferencing using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure centralized conferencing using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui global configuration 1 click on advanced...

  • Page 660

    Operational features 5-362 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 3 click to save your changes. Per-line configuration 1 click on advanced settings->line ->basic sip network settings 2 in the “ conference server uri ” field, do one of the following actions: • to disable centr...

  • Page 661

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-363 configuring operational features “sip join” feature for 3-way conference (not applicable to the 6751i) the ip phones support rfc 3911 which allows an additional caller to join an active call between two parties if the caller knows the dial...

  • Page 662

    Operational features 5-364 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the “sip join” feature using the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure the “sip join feature in the configuration files: sip join support configuration files for specific...

  • Page 663

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-365 configuring operational features authentication support for http/https download methods, used with broadsoft client management system (cms) the ip phones support http/https digest authentication as defined in rfc 2617. (the http client sup...

  • Page 664

    Operational features 5-366 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring broadsoft cms support via the configuration files configure broadsoft cms support on the ip phone using the following parameters in the configuration files: • http digest force login • http digest u...

  • Page 665

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-367 configuring operational features 4. Press the “ log in " key to displays the username/password screen. 9143i, 6751i, and 6753i login screens 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct login screens 5. Enter a username in the “ username ” ...

  • Page 666

    Operational features 5-368 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide customizing the display columns on the m675i expansion module the m675i expansion module screen displays softkeys in column format. The function keys on the bottom left of the module allow you to display 3 full...

  • Page 667

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-369 configuring operational features to use the m675i, press the function key for the page you want to display to the lcd (page 1, page2, or page 3), and press the applicable softkey. You can customize the headings on each m675i expansion modu...

  • Page 668

    Operational features 5-370 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide expansion module 3 (3 pages) • expmod3page1left • expmod3page1right • expmod3page2left • expmod3page2right • expmod3page3left • expmod3page3right example the following is an example of configuring expansion mod...

  • Page 669

    Operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 5-371 configuring operational features these settings display to the expansion module as shown in the following illustrations. Customizing the m675i expansion module column display. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set in the ...

  • Page 670

    Operational features 5-372 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 671: Chapter 6

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-1 chapter 6 configuring advanced operational features about this chapter introduction the ip phones have advanced operational features you can configure using the configuration files and/or the aastra web ui. This chapter describes each of these features and provi...

  • Page 672

    About this chapter 6-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blacklist duration page 6-22 whitelist proxy page 6-24 transport layer security (tls) page 6-26 802.1x support page 6-31 symmetric udp signaling page 6-43 removing useragent and server sip headers page 6-44 gruu an...

  • Page 673: Description

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-3 configuring advanced operational features advanced operational features description this section provides the following information about advanced features of the ip phones: feature description mac address/line number in register me...

  • Page 674

    Advanced operational features 6-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide transport layer security (tls) allows you to enable or disable the use of persistent transport layer security (tls). Persistent tls sets up the connection to the server once and re-uses that connection f...

  • Page 675

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-5 configuring advanced operational features mac address/line number in register messages the ip phones can send the mac address and line number in the register packets making it easier for the call server when a user configures the ph...

  • Page 676

    Advanced operational features 6-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide . Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip setting. 2 enable the " send mac address in register message " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by u...

  • Page 677

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-7 configuring advanced operational features sip message sequence for blind transfer the sip message sequence for blind transfer avoids the transfer target having two simultaneous calls. Prior to release 1.4, a cancel message was sent ...

  • Page 678

    Advanced operational features 6-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide update caller id during a call it is possible for a proxy or call server to update the caller id information that displays on the phone during a call, by modifying the sip contact header in the re-invite...

  • Page 679: Boot Sequence Recovery Mode

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-9 configuring advanced operational features boot sequence recovery mode you can force the ip phone into recovery mode by pressing the 1 and # keys during boot up when the logo displays. This feature is enabled by default on the ip pho...

  • Page 680: Auto-Discovery Using Mdns

    Advanced operational features 6-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide auto-discovery using mdns the ip phones can perform an auto-discovery of all servers on a network using mdns. When the ip phone discovers a tftp server, it is automatically configured by that tftp serve...

  • Page 681

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-11 configuring advanced operational features single call restriction (6757i ct and 9480i ct only) on the 6757i ct and 9480i ct, an administrator can enable or disable a single call restriction between the 6757i ct and 9480i ct base un...

  • Page 682

    Advanced operational features 6-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings. 2 enable the " two call support " field by checking the check box. (disable this field by unchecking the box). 3 click t...

  • Page 683

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-13 configuring advanced operational features missed call summary subscription the “ missed call summary subscription ” feature allows missed calls that have been redirected by the server, to be incremented in the missed calls indicato...

  • Page 684

    Advanced operational features 6-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring missed call summary subscription using the configuration files in addition to enabling/disabling the misses call summary subscription, you can also configure the amount of time, in seconds, ...

  • Page 685

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-15 configuring advanced operational features configuring missed call summary subscription using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure the missed call summary subscription feature using the aastra web ui. Aastra we...

  • Page 686

    Advanced operational features 6-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 the " missed call summary subscription " field is disabled by default. To enable this field, check the box. This feature allows missed calls that have been redirected by the server, to be incremented ...

  • Page 687

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-17 configuring advanced operational features as-feature-event subscription the ip phones support server-side do not disturb (dnd), call forward (cfwd), and automatic call distribution (acd) feature events.This feature is called “as-fe...

  • Page 688

    Advanced operational features 6-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide when you press the dnd, cfwd, or acd key, only one attempt is made to enable/disable the “as-feature-event” feature on the server. The message “ trying ” displays on the phone’s lcd after pressing the k...

  • Page 689

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-19 configuring advanced operational features configuring as-feature-event subscription using the configuration files if the phone-side features of the dnd, cfwd, and acd keys are enabled, the phone uses the existing parameter values f...

  • Page 690

    Advanced operational features 6-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring as-feature-event subscription using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to enable/disable the server-side “as-feature-event” on the ip phone using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui ...

  • Page 691

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-21 configuring advanced operational features 4 click on advanced settings->global sip->advanced sip settings . 5 in the “advanced sip settings” section, in the “ as-feature-event subscription period ” field, enter the amount of time, ...

  • Page 692: Blacklist Duration

    Advanced operational features 6-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blacklist duration the blacklist duration feature helps to reduce unnecessary delays during proxy/ registrar server failures, caused by the ip phone repeatedly sending sip messages to a failed server. I...

  • Page 693

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-23 configuring advanced operational features configuring a server blacklist using the aastra web ui you use the following procedure to configure blacklist duration using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->g...

  • Page 694: Whitelist Proxy

    Advanced operational features 6-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide whitelist proxy to protect your ip phone network, you can configure a “ whitelist proxy ” feature that screens incoming call requests received by the ip phones. When this feature is enabled, an ip phone...

  • Page 695

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-25 configuring advanced operational features configuring whitelist proxy using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure the whitelist proxy feature using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings-...

  • Page 696

    Advanced operational features 6-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide transport layer security (tls) the ip phones support a transport protocol called transport layer security (tls) and persistent tls . Tls is a protocol that ensures communication privacy between the sip ...

  • Page 697

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-27 configuring advanced operational features on the ip phones, an administrator can configure tls and persistent tls on a global-basis only, using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Sip asserted identity (for sylantro serve...

  • Page 698

    Advanced operational features 6-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide when an ip phone receives an incoming call, the ip phone does the following actions: • checks to see if the incoming call is from a registered proxy server. • if the call is forwarded via a registered p...

  • Page 699

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-29 configuring advanced operational features configuring tls using the aastra web ui to configure tls using the aastra web ui, you must enable tls or persistent tls first. Then you must define the tls certificate file names that you w...

  • Page 700

    Advanced operational features 6-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 click on advanced settings->tls support. 5 enter the certificate file names and the private key file name in the appropriate fields. The root and intermediate certificate files contain one root certif...

  • Page 701: 802.1X Support

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-31 configuring advanced operational features 802.1x support the ip phones support the ieee 802.1x protocol. The 802.1x protocol is a standard for passing extensible authentication protocol (eap) over a wired or wireless local area net...

  • Page 702

    Advanced operational features 6-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • if the certificates and private key are stored in the phone, the phone uses them during the authentication process. • if the phone uses eap-tls for successful authentication, after the phone reboots, ...

  • Page 703

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-33 configuring advanced operational features configuring the 802.1x protocol using the configuration files you use the following parameters to configure the 802.1x protocol on your phone using the configuration files. For eap-md5 use:...

  • Page 704

    Advanced operational features 6-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the 802.1x protocol using the ip phone ui use the following procedure to configure the 802.1x protocol on your phone using the ip phone ui. Note: if configuring 802.1x using the ip phone ui,...

  • Page 705

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-35 configuring advanced operational features 3 on 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct: select network settings->ethernet->enable passthru port. On the 9143i, 6751i, 6753i: select network settings->ethernet->pc port enabled. Aa...

  • Page 706

    Advanced operational features 6-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 the pc passthru port is enabled by default. Note: the pc passthru port must be enabled to use the 802.1x protocol. 5 press done (on 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct). Or press next (on 9143i, 6...

  • Page 707

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-37 configuring advanced operational features 8 select eap-md5 to configure the phone to use md5 authentication; or select eap-tls to configure the phone to use tls authentication. Note: the 802.1x protocol is disabled by default. If y...

  • Page 708

    Advanced operational features 6-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 12 enter the identity or username used for authenticating the phone. 13 use the keys as applicable while entering the username; then press done (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct). Or press set (9...

  • Page 709

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-39 configuring advanced operational features configuring the 802.1x protocol using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to configure the 802.1x protocol on your phone using the aastra web ui. 15 use the keys as applicable whi...

  • Page 710

    Advanced operational features 6-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 in the “ md5 password ” field, enter a password used for the md5 authentication of the phone. For example, password1 . 5 click to save your changes. 6 click on advanced settings->network->basic networ...

  • Page 711

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-41 configuring advanced operational features to configure eap-tls: 1 click on advanced settings->802.1x support . 1 in the “eap type ” field, select eap-tls . Valid values are: disabled (default), eap-md5 , and eap-tls . 2 in the “ id...

  • Page 712

    Advanced operational features 6-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 6 in the “ trusted certificates filename ” field, enter the filename that contains the trusted certificates. For example: trusted_certificates.Pem . 7 click to save your changes. 8 click on advanced set...

  • Page 713: Symmetric Udp Signaling

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-43 configuring advanced operational features symmetric udp signaling by default, the ip phones use symmetric udp signaling for outgoing udp sip messages. When symmetric udp is enabled, the ip phone generates and listens for udp messag...

  • Page 714

    Advanced operational features 6-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide removing useragent and server sip headers currently, the phone always configures the sip useragent/server headers to contain: aastra / you can suppress the addition of these headers by using the followi...

  • Page 715

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-45 configuring advanced operational features gruu and sip.Instance support globally routable user-agent uris (gruus) provide a way for anyone on the internet to route a call to a specific instance of a user-agent. The ip phones provid...

  • Page 716: Servers)

    Advanced operational features 6-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide multi-stage digit collection (billing codes) support (for sylantro servers) the ip phones support multi-stage digit collection (billing codes) for sylantro servers. Sylantro server features, like mandat...

  • Page 717

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-47 configuring advanced operational features for example, suppose the ip phone user is using billing code 300, and dialing the external number 617-238-5500. The ip user then enters the number using the following format: 6172385000#300...

  • Page 718

    Advanced operational features 6-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide numbers not requiring billing codes billing codes are not required for the following two types of calls: • emergency calls (e911) • calls between extensions draft 1.

  • Page 719: Configurable Dns Queries

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-49 configuring advanced operational features configurable dns queries the domain name system (dns) is the way that internet domain names are located and translated into internet protocol addresses. A domain name is a meaningful and ea...

  • Page 720

    Advanced operational features 6-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuring the dns query method you can configure the dns query method for the phone to use for performing dns lookups using the following parameter in the configuration files: • sip dns query type not...

  • Page 721

    Advanced operational features 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 6-51 configuring advanced operational features ignore out of sequence errors an administrator can configure the phone via the “ sip accept out of order requests ” parameter to ignore cseq number errors on all sip dialogs on the phone. W...

  • Page 722

    Advanced operational features 6-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide “early-only” parameter in replaces header rfc3891 the phones support the “early-only” parameter in the “replaces” header according to rfc3891. When the phone receives a replaces header with the early-on...

  • Page 723: Chapter 7

    41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 7-1 chapter 7 encrypted files on the ip phone about this chapter introduction this chapter provides information about encryption on the ip phones and provides methods an administrator can use to store encrypted files to a server. Topics this chapter covers the follo...

  • Page 724

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 7-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide encrypted files on the ip phone an encryption feature for the ip phone allows service providers the capability of storing encrypted files on their server to protect against unauthorized access and tamp...

  • Page 725

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 7-3 encrypted files on the ip phone to make changes to the configuration files, the system administrator must save the original files. The security feature described above prevents unauthorized parties from reading or writing the cont...

  • Page 726

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 7-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide procedure to encrypt configuration files to encrypt the ip phone configuration files: 1. Open a command line window application (i.E., dos window). 2. At the prompt, enter anacrypt.Exe and press . C:\>...

  • Page 727

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 7-5 encrypted files on the ip phone examples the following examples illustrate the use of the anacrypt.Exe file. Example 1 generating a security.Tuz file with password 1234abcd for firmware version 2.2.0 and up: c:\> anacrypt -i -p 12...

  • Page 728

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 7-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide example 5 encrypting all cfg files in c:\data with password 1234abcd using the new mac encryption and generating a security.Tuz file at the same time.(2.2.0 and up) c:\> anacrypt -d c:\data -p 1234abcd...

  • Page 729

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 7-7 encrypted files on the ip phone configuring vendor configuration file encryption use the following procedure to configure vendor configuration file encryption on the ip phones. Configuration files for specific parameters you can s...

  • Page 730

    Encrypted files on the ip phone 7-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 731: Chapter 8

    About this chapter 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-1 upgrading the firmware chapter 8 upgrading the firmware about this chapter introduction this chapter provides information about upgrading the ip phone firmware. Topics this chapter covers the following topics: topic page upgrading the firmware...

  • Page 732: Upgrading The Firmware

    Upgrading the firmware 8-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide upgrading the firmware the ip phones support the protocols, tftp, ftp, http or https to download configuration files and upgrade firmware to the phones from a configuration server. The configuration server shou...

  • Page 733

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-3 upgrading the firmware use the following procedure to manually update the firmware on your phone from the specified configuration server. Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->firmware update. Draft 1.

  • Page 734

    Upgrading the firmware 8-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 in the “ file name ” field, enter the firmware file name ( .St ) that you want to download to your ip phone. For example, 53i.St (for a 6753i phone) . Note: this file name must match the actual name of the fi...

  • Page 735: Using The Restart Feature

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-5 upgrading the firmware using the restart feature restarting the phone forces the phone to check for both firmware and configuration files stored on the configuration server. Restarting the phone using the ip phone ui 8 (ftp only) in the “ ...

  • Page 736

    Upgrading the firmware 8-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide restarting the phone using the aastra web ui aastra web ui 1 click on operation->reset->phone. 2 click to restart the phone. Draft 1.

  • Page 737

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-7 upgrading the firmware using the auto-resync feature the auto-resync feature on the ip phones allows an administrator to enable the phone to be updated automatically once a day at a specific time in a 24-hour period if the files on the ser...

  • Page 738

    Upgrading the firmware 8-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling auto-resync using the configuration files use the following procedure to configure automatic updates of the ip phone firmware, configuration files, or both. . Configuration files for specific parameter...

  • Page 739

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-9 upgrading the firmware enabling auto-resync using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to enable auto-resync for the phones in your network. Aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->configuration server->auto-resync...

  • Page 740

    Upgrading the firmware 8-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 2 in the “ mode ” field, select the auto-resync mode you want to use to automatically update the phone. Valid values are: none disable auto-resync configuration files updates the configuration files on the ip ...

  • Page 741

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-11 upgrading the firmware 7 click on operation->reset . 8 in the " restart phone " field click to restart the ip phone and apply the update. The update performs automatically at the time you designated. Aastra web ui step action draft 1.

  • Page 742

    Upgrading the firmware 8-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 743

    Upgrading the firmware 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 8-13 upgrading the firmware draft 1.

  • Page 744

    Upgrading the firmware 8-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 745

    Draft 1.

  • Page 746

    Upgrading the firmware 8-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 747: Chapter 9

    About this chapter 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-1 troubleshooting chapter 9 troubleshooting about this chapter introduction this chapter describes tasks that a system administrator can perform on the ip phones for troubleshooting purposes. It also includes answers to questions you may have wh...

  • Page 748

    About this chapter 9-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide how do i restart the ip phone? Page 9-22 how do i set the ip phone to factory default? Page 9-23 how do i erase the phone’s local configuration? Page 9-24 how to reset a user’s password? Page 9-25 how do i lock and...

  • Page 749: Troubleshooting

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-3 troubleshooting troubleshooting this section describes tasks that a system administrator can perform on the ip phones for troubleshooting purposes. Using the aastra web ui, a system administrator can: • assign an ip address and ip port in which t...

  • Page 750: Module/debug Level Settings

    Troubleshooting 9-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide in the aastra web ui , you use the following parameters to configure log settings: • log ip - the ip address for which to save log files for troubleshooting purposes. • log port - the ip port to use to save log files ...

  • Page 751

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-5 troubleshooting setting values for the module/debug levels there are 6 debug levels for the modules. Each debug level has a value you can use to turn individual levels on and off. The following table identifies these debug levels and their values...

  • Page 752

    Troubleshooting 9-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide example 1 to turn two or more debug levels on at the same time, you add the value associated with each level. For example, fatal errors + errors + warnings = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 log module linemgr: 7 log module user interfa...

  • Page 753: Support Information

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-7 troubleshooting support information you can save the local and/or server configuration files of the ip phone to the location specified in the "log settings" section. Performing this task allows aastra technical support to view the current configu...

  • Page 754

    Troubleshooting 9-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide performing troubleshooting tasks use the following procedures to perform troubleshooting on the ip phone via the configuration files or the aastra web ui. Configuration files for specific parameters you can set in the...

  • Page 755

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-9 troubleshooting aastra web ui step action 1 click on advanced settings->troubleshooting . To set log settings: 2 in the " log ip " field, enter the ip address of where you want log files to be stored. 3 in the " log port " field, enter the port n...

  • Page 756

    Troubleshooting 9-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 click to save your settings. 5 click on operation->reset . 6 in the " restart phone " field click to restart the ip phone. To set blog modules: 7 select a module for which you want to have log files created, and se...

  • Page 757

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-11 troubleshooting reference for information that describes solutions to most common problems using the ip phones, see the next section, “troubleshooting solutions” on page 9-19. 10 click on operation->reset . 11 in the " restart phone " field clic...

  • Page 758: Watchdog Task Feature

    Troubleshooting 9-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide watchdog task feature the ip phones include a troubleshooting feature called the “ watchdog ” task that monitors the status of the phones and provides the ability to get stack traces from the last time the phone fail...

  • Page 759

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-13 troubleshooting use the following procedure to enable/disable the watchdog task for the ip phones using the aastra web ui. You can also view the “crash log” generated by the watchdog task using the aastra web ui. Aastra web ui 1 click on advance...

  • Page 760

    Troubleshooting 9-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide view the crash log 4 to view a crash log, in the “ get a crash log ” field, click the save as button. You can open the file immediately, or you can save the crash log to your pc. Aastra web ui draft 1.

  • Page 761: Error Messages Display

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-15 troubleshooting error messages display an administrator can view generated error messages that may have occurred during startup or reboot of the ip phones. The ip phone ui has a selection on the phone status page called, “ error messages ” at th...

  • Page 762

    Troubleshooting 9-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide viewing the error messages using the ip phone ui use the following procedure to view the error messages, if any, that generated during startup. Ip phone ui 1 press the options key on the phone to enter the options li...

  • Page 763

    Troubleshooting 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-17 troubleshooting 4 if error messages display, use the up and down navigation keys to view the messages. If no error message exist, the message, “ no error messages ” displays on the screen. 5 when done viewing, press done or exit to exit the erro...

  • Page 764

    Troubleshooting 9-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide viewing the error messages using the aastra web ui use the following procedure to view the error messages, if any, that generated during startup. Aastra web ui 1 click on advanced settings->troubleshooting->error mes...

  • Page 765: Troubleshooting Solutions

    Troubleshooting solutions 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-19 troubleshooting troubleshooting solutions description this section describes solutions to some most common problems that can occur while using the ip phones. Why does my phone display “application missing”? If you have experienced netw...

  • Page 766

    Troubleshooting solutions 9-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide please ensure that the tftp server is running and accessible on the network. If the firmware file is correctly located on the running tftp server, the phone will locate the file and reload the application o...

  • Page 767: Server?

    Troubleshooting solutions 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-21 troubleshooting reason : neither of the .Tuz and aastra.Tuz files are present on the configuration server (tftp/ftp/http). Fix : create the encrypted files using anacrypt.Exe and copy them to the configuration server. Reason : the encr...

  • Page 768

    Troubleshooting solutions 9-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide how do i restart the ip phone? Ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select restart phone . 3 for 9143i, 6751i, 6753i: press # to confirm. Note: to cancel the restart, pr...

  • Page 769

    Troubleshooting solutions 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-23 troubleshooting how do i set the ip phone to factory default? Ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu and enter your administrator password (default is 22222 ). 3 select facto...

  • Page 770

    Troubleshooting solutions 9-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide how do i erase the phone’s local configuration? Ip phone ui step action 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select administrator menu and enter your administrator password (default is 22222 )....

  • Page 771

    Troubleshooting solutions 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-25 troubleshooting how to reset a user’s password? Ip phone ui 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select user password . 3 enter the current user password. 4 press enter . 5 enter the new user password. Note: the ip phones ...

  • Page 772

    Troubleshooting solutions 9-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide 4 in the " confirm password " field, enter the new user password again. 5 click to save your changes. Aastra web ui step action draft 1.

  • Page 773

    Troubleshooting solutions 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 9-27 troubleshooting how do i lock and unlock the phone? Ip phone ui step action lock the phone: 1 press on the phone to enter the options list. 2 select phone lock. The prompt, “ lock the phone ?” displays. 3 press lock to lock the phone. ...

  • Page 774

    Troubleshooting solutions 9-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, releaes 2.4 ip phone administrator guide aastra web ui 1 click on operation->phone lock . Lock the phone: 2 in the “ lock the phone? ” field, click . The phone locks dynamically and displays the following message: “ phone is locked ”. Unlock the p...

  • Page 775: Appendix A

    About this appendix 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-1 appendix a configuration parameters about this appendix introduction this appendix describes the parameters you can set in the configuration files for the ip phones. The configuration files include and config.Cfg. Topics this appendix covers ...

  • Page 776

    About this appendix a-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rport setting page a-31 local sip udp/tcp port setting page a-32 local sip tls port page a-32 https client and server settings page a-33 https server certificate validation settings page a-35 upnp settings page a-...

  • Page 777

    About this appendix 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-3 call forward settings page a-126 call forward key mode settings page a-127 lldp-med and elin settings page a-129 missed calls indicator settings page a-131 xml settings page a-132 action uri settings page a-135 xml sip notify settings page a-...

  • Page 778

    About this appendix a-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters page a-192 softkey settings for 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct page a-193 programmable key settings for 9143i, 6753i, and 6755i page a-...

  • Page 779

    About this appendix 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-5 troubleshooting parameters page a-244 log settings page a-244 watchdog settings page a-247 topic page draft 1.

  • Page 780

    Setting parameters in configuration files a-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide setting parameters in configuration files you can set specific configuration parameters in the configuration files for configuring you ip phone. The aastra.Cfg and .Cfg files are stored on th...

  • Page 781

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-7 operational, basic, and advanced parameters the following sections provide the configuration parameters you can configure on the ip phone. Each parameter table includes the name of the parameter, a description, the for...

  • Page 782: Network Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide network settings parameter – dhcp dhcp (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> basic network settings configuration...

  • Page 783

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-9 parameter – subnet mask subnet mask (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> basic network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descript...

  • Page 784

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – dns1 primary dns (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> basic network settings configuration files aa...

  • Page 785

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-11 parameter – ethernet port 0 lan port (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> basic network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descri...

  • Page 786

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – pc port passthru enabled ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->ethernet link aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> basic network settings configurati...

  • Page 787: Dhcp Option Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-13 dhcp option settings option 12 option 77 parameter – hostname hostname (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->hostname aastra web ui advanced setti...

  • Page 788

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide options 159 and 160 - dhcp option override parameter – dhcp config option override dhcp download options (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ip phone ui options->administrator...

  • Page 789: Password Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-15 password settings parameter – admin password configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to set a new administrator password for the ip phone. Note: the ip phones support numeric characters only in pas...

  • Page 790: Emergency Dial Plan Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide emergency dial plan settings parameter – emergency dial plan configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui operation->phone lock description allows you to specify an emergency number ...

  • Page 791: Aastra Web Ui Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-17 aastra web ui settings parameter – options password enabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables password protection of the options key on the ip phone. If enabled, upon pressing the op...

  • Page 792

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide configuration server settings parameter – download protocol download protoco l (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings aastra web ui advanced settings->confi...

  • Page 793

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-19 parameter – tftp path aastra web ui advanced settings-> configuration server->settings ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> configuration server->tftp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description spe...

  • Page 794

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – alternate tftp path aastra web ui advanced settings-> configuration server->settings ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> configuration server->tftp settings configuration...

  • Page 795

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-21 parameter – ftp server ftp server (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->ftp server aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descripti...

  • Page 796

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – ftp username ftp user name (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->ftp server aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server configuratio...

  • Page 797

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-23 parameter – http server http server (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->http server aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descri...

  • Page 798

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – http port http port (in web ui) ip phone ui: options->administrator menu-> configuration server->http settings aastra web ui: advanced settings->configuration server-> settings...

  • Page 799

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-25 parameter – https path https path (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->https-> https client->download path aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server configuration files a...

  • Page 800

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – auto resync mode mode (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server-> auto-resync configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description determines whether the co...

  • Page 801

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-27 parameter – auto resync time time (24-hour) (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server-> auto-resync configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets the time of day in a 24-hour period for...

  • Page 802

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – auto resync max delay maximum delay (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui advanced settings->configuration server-> auto-resync description specifies t...

  • Page 803

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-29 network address translation (nat) settings parameter – sip nat ip nat ip (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->network configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ...

  • Page 804

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip nat rtp port nat rtp port (in phone ui and web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> sip settings->rtp port base aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> advanced...

  • Page 805: Rport Setting

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-31 rport setting parameter – sip nortel nat timer nortel nat timer (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->network configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the interval, in seconds, that the phone sends sip ...

  • Page 806: Local Sip Tls Port

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide local sip udp/tcp port setting local sip tls port parameter – sip local port aastra web ui: advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descr...

  • Page 807

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-33 https client and server settings parameter – https client method https client method (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->https->https client aastra web ui advanced settings->network...

  • Page 808

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – https block http post xml https server - block xml http posts (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->https-> https server->xml aastra web ui ad...

  • Page 809

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-35 https server certificate validation settings parameter – https validate certificates validate certificates (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> configuration serve...

  • Page 810

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – https validate hostnames check certificate hostnames (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> configuration server->https sett...

  • Page 811: Upnp Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-37 upnp settings parameter – upnp manager upnp (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->upnp aastra web ui advanced settings->network-> advanced network settings configuration files aastra....

  • Page 812

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide virtual local area network (vlan) settings global parameters parameter – upnp mapping lines upnp mapping lines (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->general configuration ...

  • Page 813

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-39 lan port (ethernet port 0) parameters parameter – priority non-ip priority, non-ip packet (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->vlan->phone->priority ->other aastra web ui advanced se...

  • Page 814

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – tos priority map sip priority rtp priority rtcp priority (for lan port in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->vlan->phone-> priority->sip option...

  • Page 815

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-41 the following table identifies the default dscp-to-priority mapping structure. Dscp range dscp priority 0-7 0 8-15 1 16-23 2 24-31 3 32-39 4 40-47 5 48-55 6 56-63 7 draft 1.

  • Page 816

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide pc port (ethernet port 1) parameters parameter – vlan id port 1 vlan id (for pc port in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->vlan-> passthrough->vlan id aast...

  • Page 817

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-43 parameter – qos eth port 1 priority priority (for pc port in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->vlan->passthrough ->priority aastra web ui advanced settings->network->vlan->port 1 conf...

  • Page 818

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide type of service (tos)/dscp settings parameter – tos sip sip (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->type of service->sip aastra web ui advanced settings->ne...

  • Page 819: Time and Date Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-45 time and date settings parameter – time format time format (in phone ui) i p phone ui options->time and date->time format configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this parameter changes the time to 12 hour or ...

  • Page 820

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – dst config daylight savings (in phone ui) ip phone ui options->time and date->daylight savings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables/disables the use of dayl...

  • Page 821

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-47 time zone name/time zone code table time zone name time zone code ad-andorra ae - united arab emirates (dubai) ag-antigua ai-anguilla al-tirane an-curacao ar-buenos aires as-pago pago at-vienna au-lord howe au-tasmani...

  • Page 822

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ca-newfoundland ca-atlantic ca-eastern ca-saskatchewan ca-central ca-mountain ca-pacific ca-yukon ch-zurich ck-rarotonga cl-santiago cl-easter cn-china co-bogota cr-costa rica cu-havana cy...

  • Page 823

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-49 hk-hong kong hn-tegucigalpa hr-zagreb ht-port-au-prince hu-budapest hks cst cet est cet ie-dublin is-reykjavik it-rome gmt gmt cet jm-jamaica jp-tokyo est jst ky-cayman est lc-st lucia li-vaduz lt-vilnius lu-luxembour...

  • Page 824

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide pa-panama pe-lima pl-warsaw pr-puerto rico pt-lisbon pt-madeira pt-azores py-asuncion est pes cet ast wet wet azo pys ro-bucharest ru-kaliningrad ru-moscow ru-samara ru-yekaterinburg ru-om...

  • Page 825

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-51 va-vatican cet yu-belgrade cet time zone name time zone code draft 1.

  • Page 826: Time Server Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide time server settings parameter – time server disabled ntp time servers (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> time and date settings ip phone ui‘ options->preferences-> ti...

  • Page 827

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-53 parameter – time server2 time server 2 (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> time and date settings ip phone ui‘ options->preferences-> time and date->time servers configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cf...

  • Page 828

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-54 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide custom time zone and dst settings parameter – time zone minutes configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the number of minutes the timezone is offset from utc (coordinated universa...

  • Page 830

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-56 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – dst end month configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the month that dst ends. Valid values are 1 to 12 (january to december). Format integer default value n/a range 1...

  • Page 831

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-57 parameter – dst start day configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the day of the month that dst starts. Valid values are 1 to 31. Format integer default value n/a range 1 to 31 example dst start day: 1 parame...

  • Page 832

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-58 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide relative time parameter – dst end hour configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the hour that dst ends. Valid values are an integer from 0 (midnight) to 23. Format integer default ...

  • Page 833

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-59 parameter – dst end month configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the month that dst ends. Valid values are 1 to 12 (january to december). Format integer default value n/a range 1 (january) 2 (february) 3 (ma...

  • Page 834

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-60 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – dst start week configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the week in the specified month in which dst starts. Valid value is a positive or negative integer from 1 to 5. ...

  • Page 835

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-61 parameter – dst start day configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the day of the specified week in the specified month that dst starts on. Valid values are an integer from 1 to 7. Format integer default value...

  • Page 836

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-62 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – dst start hour configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the hour that dst starts. Valid values are an integer from 0 (midnight) to 23. Format integer default value n/a ...

  • Page 837

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-63 backlight mode settings (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct) parameter – backlight mode backlight (in phone ui) ip phone ui options->preferences->display->backlight configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descriptio...

  • Page 838: Live Dialpad Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-64 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide live dialpad settings parameter – live dialpad live dialpad (in phone ui) i p phone ui options->preferences->live dialpad configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description turns the “live d...

  • Page 839: Sip Local Dial Plan Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-65 sip local dial plan settings parameter – sip dial plan local dial plan (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description a dial plan describes the number and patter...

  • Page 840

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-66 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip dial plan terminator send dial plan terminator (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to enable o...

  • Page 841: Sip Basic, Global Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-67 sip basic, global settings sip global authentication settings parameter – sip screen name screen name (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> bas...

  • Page 842

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-68 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip user name phone number (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip settings configuration file...

  • Page 843

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-69 parameter – sip auth name authentication name (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->>sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg de...

  • Page 844

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-70 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip bla number bla number (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to assign a p...

  • Page 845

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-71 sip global network settings. Parameter – sip proxy ip proxy server (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip settings configuration files...

  • Page 846

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-72 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip backup proxy ip backup proxy server (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description th...

  • Page 847

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-73 parameter – sip outbound proxy port outbound proxy port (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the proxy port on the proxy serv...

  • Page 848

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-74 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip registrar port registrar port (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu->sip settings aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip settings configurati...

  • Page 849

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-75 parameter – sip backup registrar port backup registrar port (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> basic sip network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the backup registrar's ...

  • Page 850: Sip Basic, Per-Line Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-76 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sip basic, per-line settings the following parameters are sip per-line settings. The value of " n " is 1 - 9 for 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct, 6753i, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct. Sip per-line aut...

  • Page 851

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-77 parameter – sip linen user name phone number (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description used in the name field of the sip uri for the ip phone and for r...

  • Page 852

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-78 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip linen auth name authentication name (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description used in the username field o...

  • Page 853

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-79 parameter – sip linen bla number bla number (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to assign a phone number that is shared on specific li...

  • Page 854

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-80 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip linen mode line mode (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to configure the mode of the lin...

  • Page 855

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-81 sip per-line network settings. Parameter – sip linen proxy ip proxy server (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the ip address of the sip proxy se...

  • Page 856

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-82 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip linex backup proxy ip backup proxy server (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the ip address of the ...

  • Page 857

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-83 parameter – sip linen outbound proxy outbound proxy server (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the address of the outbound proxy server. ...

  • Page 858

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-84 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip linen registrar ip registrar server (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the address of the registrar...

  • Page 859

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-85 parameter – sip linen registrar port registrar port (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line 1 thru 9 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the registrar's port number format integer default value ...

  • Page 860

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-86 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip linex backup registrar port backup registrar port (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->line n -> basic sip network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg des...

  • Page 861: Bla Support For Mwi

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-87 bla support for mwi parameter – sip mwi for bla account mwi for bla account (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings description enables or d...

  • Page 862

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-88 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide centralized conferencing settings global settings parameter – sip centralized conf conference server uri (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced->global sip settings-> basic sip network setting...

  • Page 863

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-89 per-line settings parameter – sip linen centralized conf conference server uri (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced->line -> basic sip network settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enable or disable ...

  • Page 864

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-90 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sip join feature for 3-way conference parameter – sip join support configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the phone to allow a conference to be set up with a ...

  • Page 865

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-91 http/https authentication support for broadsoft cms parameter – http digest username configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the username to use for http/https digest authentication. The server uses...

  • Page 866: Advanced Sip Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-92 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide advanced sip settings parameter – http digest force login configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables and disables the display of a login key on the phone’s idle screen. Note:...

  • Page 867

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-93 . Parameter – sip explicit mwi subscription period explicit mwi timeout (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the requested du...

  • Page 868

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-94 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip send line send line number in register message (in web ui) aastra web ui: advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descrip...

  • Page 869

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-95 parameter – sip t1 timer t1 timer (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this timer is a sip transaction layer timer defined in...

  • Page 870

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-96 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip transaction timer transaction timer (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the amo...

  • Page 871

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-97 parameter – sip transport protocol transport protocol (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the protocol that the real-time tr...

  • Page 872

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-98 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip registration retry timer registration failed retry timer (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cf...

  • Page 873

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-99 parameter – sip registration renewal timer registration renewal timer (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the length of time...

  • Page 874

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-100 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip acd subscription period acd subscription period (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip ->advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descri...

  • Page 875

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-101 missed call summary subscription settings global parameters parameter – sip missed call summary subscription missed call summary subscription (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip set...

  • Page 876

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-102 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip missed call summary subscription period missed call summary subscription period (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configurati...

  • Page 877

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-103 per-line parameter parameter – sip linen missed call summary subscription missed call summary subscription (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cf...

  • Page 878

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-104 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide as-feature-event subscription settings parameter – sip linen as-feature-event subscription aastra web ui: advanced settings->linen-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, ...

  • Page 879

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-105 transport layer security (tls) settings to configure tls, you must enter the “ sip transport protocol ” parameter with a value of “ 4 ” (tls). See the “sip transport protocol” description on page a-97 . Also enter th...

  • Page 880

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-106 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sips root and intermediate certificates root and intermediate certificates filename (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->tls support configuration files aastra.Cfg, .C...

  • Page 881

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-107 parameter – sips local certificate local certificate filename (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->tls support configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify the local certificate file...

  • Page 882

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-108 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sips trusted certificates trusted certificates filename (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->tls support configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to...

  • Page 883: 802.1X Support Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-109 802.1x support settings use the following parameters to configure the 802.1x protocol on your phone using the configuration files. For eap-md5 use: • eap type • identity • md5 password • pc port passthrough enabled f...

  • Page 884

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-110 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – pc port passthru enabled pc port passthru enable/ disable (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->ethernet link aastra web ui advanced settings...

  • Page 885

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-111 parameter – identity identity (in web ui) ip phone ui: options->administrator menu-> network settings->ethernet link-> 802.1x settings->eap-md5 settings aastra web ui: advanced settings->802.1x support->general confi...

  • Page 886

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-112 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – 802.1x root and intermediate certificates root and intermediate certificates (in web ui) aastra web ui: advanced settings->802.1x support-> eap-tls settings configuration file...

  • Page 887

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-113 parameter – 802.1x private key private key (in web ui) aastra web ui: advanced settings->802.1x support-> eap-tls settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the file name that contains the pr...

  • Page 888

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-114 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rtp, codec, dtmf global settings global settings parameter – sip rtp port rtp port base (in ip phone ui) rtp port (in web ui) ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> sip settings->rtp p...

  • Page 889

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-115 parameter – sip use basic codecs basic codecs (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables basic codecs. Enabling this par...

  • Page 890

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-116 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip customized codec customized codec preference list (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sp...

  • Page 891

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-117 parameter – sip srtp mode rtp encryption (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> rtp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this parameter determines if srtp is enabled on this ip...

  • Page 892

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-118 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide per-line settings parameter – sip linen dtmf method dtmf method (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets...

  • Page 893: Autodial Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-119 autodial settings global settings parameter – sip autodial number autodial number (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> autodial settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description globally ...

  • Page 894

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-120 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide per-line settings parameter – sip autodial timeout autodial timeout (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip-> autodial settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descri...

  • Page 895

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-121 parameter – sip linen autodial timeout autodial timeout (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->linen->autodial settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description on a per-line basis, this parameter speci...

  • Page 896: Voicemail Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-122 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide voicemail settings parameter – sip linen vmail note: the value of " n " is 1 - 9 for 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct, 6753i, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct. Configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descriptio...

  • Page 897: Directory Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-123 directory settings parameter – directory 1 directory list (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->directory configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the name of a directory list that you can download from the co...

  • Page 898: Callers List Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-124 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide callers list settings parameter – directory disabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the directory on the ip phone. If this parameter is set to 0, use...

  • Page 899

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-125 customize callers list and services key parameter – services script configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify a specific uri for accessing services after pressing the services key. When t...

  • Page 900: Call Forward Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-126 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide call forward settings parameter – call forward disabled ip phone ui options->call forward aastra web ui basic settings->account configuration configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descript...

  • Page 901

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-127 call forward key mode settings parameter – call forward key mode aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets the mode for how the phone uses “call forward...

  • Page 902

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-128 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide example the following is an example of configuring the cfwd key mode in the configuration files: call forward key mode: 2 softkey1 type: call forward softkey1 states: idle connected incom...

  • Page 903: Lldp-Med and Elin Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-129 lldp-med and elin settings parameter – lldp lldp support (ip phone ui) lldp (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg ip phone ui options->administrator menu-> network settings->ethernet&vlan-> lldp support aa...

  • Page 904

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-130 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – use lldp elin use lldp elin (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->general description enables or disables the use of an e...

  • Page 905

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-131 missed calls indicator settings parameter – missed calls indicator disabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the missed calls indicator. If the "missed calls indicator disabled" pa...

  • Page 906: Xml Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-132 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml settings parameter – xml get timeout configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify a timeout value, in seconds, that the phone waits for the far side to retur...

  • Page 907

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-133 parameter – xml application title xml application title (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml->services configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this parameter allows you to rename the xml app...

  • Page 908

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-134 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – xml beep notification xml beep support (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preference s configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables a beep notif...

  • Page 909: Action Uri Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-135 action uri settings parameter – action uri startup startup (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the uri for which the phone executes a get...

  • Page 910

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-136 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – action uri registered successful registration (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the uri for wh...

  • Page 911

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-137 parameter – action uri registration event registration event (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri description specifies the uri that the phone executes a get on...

  • Page 912

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-138 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – action uri incoming incoming call (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the uri for which the phon...

  • Page 913

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-139 example action uri outgoing: http://10.50.10.140/ outgoing.Php?Number=$$remotenumber$$ parameter – action uri offhook offhook (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri configuration files aastra.Cfg, .C...

  • Page 914

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-140 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – action uri disconnected aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri->event configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the uri that the phone executes a get on,...

  • Page 915: Xml Sip Notify Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-141 xml sip notify settings parameter – sip xml notify event aastra web ui: advanced settings->global sip-> advanced sip settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the phone to accept o...

  • Page 916: Polling Action Uri Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-142 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide polling action uri settings parameter – action uri poll aastra web ui advanced settings->action uri configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the uri to be called every "...

  • Page 917

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-143 ring tone and tone set global settings parameter – ring tone global ring tone (in web ui) ip phone ui options->tones->set ring tone aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->ring tones configuration files aastra.Cf...

  • Page 918

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-144 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – tone set tone set (in web ui) ip phone ui options->tones->tone set aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->ring tones configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description glob...

  • Page 919: Ring Tone Per-Line Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-145 ring tone per-line settings parameter – linen ring tone n=1 through 9 line n (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->ring tones configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets the type of ring t...

  • Page 920

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-146 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide incoming call interrupts dialing setting parameter – incoming call cancels dialing incoming call interrupts dialing (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configu...

  • Page 921

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-147 description (cont’d) transfer/conference call behavior if you are dialing the phone to transfer or conference a call, and your phone receives an incoming call, your dialing is never interrupted (regardless of whether...

  • Page 922: Switch Focus to Ringing Line

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-148 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide switch focus to ringing line parameter – switch focus to ringing line aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies whethe...

  • Page 923

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-149 preferred line and preferred line timeout parameter – preferred line preferred line (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->general description specifies the prefer...

  • Page 924

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-150 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide goodbye key cancels incoming call parameter – goodbye cancels incoming call goodbye key cancels incoming call (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configuration...

  • Page 925: Stuttered Dial Tone Setting

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-151 stuttered dial tone setting parameter – stutter disabled stuttered dial tone (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enable or disables the pla...

  • Page 926: Call Waiting Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-152 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide call waiting settings parameter – call waiting call waiting (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to e...

  • Page 927

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-153 message waiting indicator settings parameter – call waiting tone play call waiting tone (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enable or disab...

  • Page 928: Dnd Key Mode Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-154 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dnd key mode settings example the following is an example of configuring the mode for dnd in the configuration files: dnd key mode: 2 softkey1 type: dnd softkey1 states: idle connected in...

  • Page 929: Priority Alert Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-155 priority alert settings for sylantro server only parameter – priority alerting enabled enable priority alerting (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files ...

  • Page 930

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-156 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – alert community 1 community-1 (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description when an "ale...

  • Page 931

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-157 parameter – alert community 3 community-3 (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description when an "alert community-3” keyword appea...

  • Page 932

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-158 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – alert external alert external (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description when an "ale...

  • Page 933

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-159 parameter – alert group group (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description when an "alert group" keyword appears in the header o...

  • Page 934: Bellcore Cadence Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-160 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide bellcore cadence settings parameter – alert priority alert priority (in web ui) aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences-> priority alerting settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cf...

  • Page 935

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-161 parameter – bellcore cadence dr3 configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets the cadence for bellcore-dr3. Note: you can define up to 8 cadence rings. The value of -1 indicates “do not repeat”. Format integ...

  • Page 936: Language Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-162 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide language settings parameter – language webpage language (in web ui) ip phone ui options->language aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> language settings->webpage language configura...

  • Page 937

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-163 parameter – input language input language (in web ui) ip phone ui: language->input language aastra web ui: basic settings->preferences->language settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to...

  • Page 938: Language Pack Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-164 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide language pack settings parameter – language n language n (in web ui) where “n” can be 1, 2, 3, or 4 aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> language settings configuration file .Cfg d...

  • Page 939

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-165 the following table identifies the language code to use for the ip phone language packs. Language codes (from standard iso 639) the following table identifies the country codes to use for the ip phone language packs....

  • Page 940

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-166 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide bahamas bahrain bangladesh barbados belarus belgium belize benin bermuda bhutan bolivia bosnia and herzegovina botswana bouvet island brazil british indian ocean territory brunei darussal...

  • Page 941

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-167 denmark djibouti dominica dominican republic dk dj dm do ecuador egypt el salvador equatorial guinea eritrea estonia ethiopia ec eg sv gq er ee et falkland islands (malvinas) faroe islands fiji finland france french ...

  • Page 942

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-168 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide iceland india indonesia iran, islamic republic of iraq ireland isle of man israel italy is in id ir iq ie im il it jamaica japan jersey jordan jm jp je jo kazakhstan kenya kiribati korea,...

  • Page 943

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-169 macao macedonia, the former yugoslav republic of madagascar malawi malaysia maldives mali malta marshall islands martinique mauritania mauritius mayotte mexico micronesia, federated states of moldova, republic of mon...

  • Page 944

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-170 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide pakistan palau palestinian territory, occupied panama papua new guinea paraguay peru philippines pitcairn poland portugal puerto rico pk pw ps pa pg py pe ph pn pl pt pr qatar qa rÉunion ...

  • Page 945

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-171 saint helena saint kitts and nevis saint lucia saint pierre and miquelon saint vincent and the grenadines samoa san marino sao tome and principe saudi arabia senegal serbia seychelles sierra leone singapore slovakia ...

  • Page 946

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-172 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide uganda ukraine united arab emirates united kingdom united states united states minor outlying islands uruguay uzbekistan ug ta ae gb us tm uy uz vanuatu vatican city state venezuela viet ...

  • Page 947

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-173 suppress dtmf playback setting parameter – suppress dtmf playback suppress dtmf playback (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables and disables sup...

  • Page 948: Display Dtmf Digits Setting

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-174 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide display dtmf digits setting parameter – display dtmf digits display dtmf digits (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->general configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descrip...

  • Page 949

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-175 intercom, auto-answer, and barge in settings outgoing intercom settings parameter – sip intercom type type (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> outgoing intercom settings configuration files aastra...

  • Page 950

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-176 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip intercom prefix code prefix code (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> outgoing intercom settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the pr...

  • Page 951

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-177 incoming intercom settings parameter – sip allow auto answer auto-answer (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> incoming intercom settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or ...

  • Page 952

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-178 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – sip intercom warning tone play warning tone (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences-> incoming intercom settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description...

  • Page 953: Group Paging Rtp Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-179 group paging rtp settings example the following is an example of configuring rtp streaming for paging applications using the configuration files: paging addr list: 224.0.0.2:10000,239.0.1.20:15000 softkey1 type: mult...

  • Page 954

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-180 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide audio transmit and receive gain adjustment settings parameter – headset tx gain configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the increased (+db) or decreased (-db) amount of s...

  • Page 955

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-181 parameter – handset tx gain configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the increased (+db) or decreased (-db) amount of signal transmitted from the handset microphone to the far-end party. The amount of...

  • Page 956

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-182 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – handsfree tx gain configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the increased (+db) or decreased (-db) amount of signal transmitted from the base microphone to the ...

  • Page 957

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-183 parameter – audio mode ip phone ui options->set audio configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to configure how the "handsfree" key on the ip phone operates. Format integer default value 0 range 0 ...

  • Page 958

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-184 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide directed call pickup (blf or xml call interception) settings parameter – directed call pickup directed call pickup (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences ->directed call pi...

  • Page 959

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-185 format integer default value not applicable range not applicable example directed call pickup prefix: *98 parameter – play a ring splash play a ring splash (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences ->dire...

  • Page 960

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-186 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide acd auto-available timer settings parameter – acd auto available auto available (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences ->auto call distribution settings configuration files...

  • Page 961

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-187 park and pickup global settings (9480i, 9480i ct, 6757i/6757i ct only) parameter – sprecode park call (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies t...

  • Page 962

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-188 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – pickupsprecode pick up parked call (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the code to enter before en...

  • Page 963: Mapping Key Settings

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-189 mapping key settings this section provides the hard key settings you can use to enable and disable the redial, conf, and xfer keys on the ip phone. Parameter – redial disabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg des...

  • Page 964

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters a-190 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – call transfer disabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the xfer key on the ip phone. If this parameter is set to 0, the key is active and ...

  • Page 965

    Operational, basic, and advanced parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-191 parameter – map conf key to map conf key to (in web ui) aastra web ui basic settings->preferences->key mapping configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description sets the conf key as a speeddial key if a value is enter...

  • Page 966

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-192 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide softkey/programmable key/feature key/ expansion module key parameters this section provides the softkey, programmable key, feature key, and expansion module key p...

  • Page 967

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-193 softkey settings for 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct the value of " n " for the following parameters is dependent on the number of softkeys available on the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 67...

  • Page 968

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-194 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • webapps - indicates the softkey is hardcoded to access an aastra xml-based application (xml.Myaastra.Com). By default, softkey 1 is assigned as the webapps key ...

  • Page 969

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-195 range none line speeddial dnd ("do not disturb" in the aastra web ui) blf list ("blf\list" in the aastra web ui) acd (“auto call distribution” in the aastra web ui) dcp (“directed call pickup...

  • Page 970

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-196 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – softkeyn label label (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the text label that displa...

  • Page 971

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-197 parameter – softkeyn value value (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the value you assign to the softkey. The “ soft...

  • Page 972

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-198 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide format integer default value not applicable range n/a example softkey1 value: 9 softkey2 value: 411 softkey4 value: http://10.50.10.140 script.Pl?Name=$$sipuserna...

  • Page 973

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-199 parameter – softkeyn line line (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the line associated with the softkey you are conf...

  • Page 974

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-200 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – softkeyn states idle, connected, incoming, outgoing, busy (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg d...

  • Page 975

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-201 range valid values are: idle the phone is not being used. Connected the line currently being displayed is in an active call (or the call is on hold) incoming the phone is ringing. Outgoing th...

  • Page 976

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-202 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide programmable key settings for 9143i, 6753i, and 6755i • the value of " n " for the following parameters is dependent on the number of programmable keys available ...

  • Page 977

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-203 • flash - indicates programmable key is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed. The ip phone generates flash events only when a call is connected and there is an active rtp stream (...

  • Page 978

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-204 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide range none line speeddial dnd ("do not disturb" in the aastra web ui) blf list (“blf/list” in the aastra web ui) acd (“auto call distribution” in the aastra web u...

  • Page 979

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-205 parameter – prgkeyn value value (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->programmable keys configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the value you assign to the programmable key. T...

  • Page 980

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-206 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide default value n/a range n/a example prgkey3 value: 411 prgkey4 value: 123456+ (example of a speeddial prefix) parameter – prgkeyn line line (in web ui) aastra web...

  • Page 981

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-207 top softkey settings for 6757i and 6757i ct parameter – topsoftkeyn type top softkeys->type (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg descript...

  • Page 982

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-208 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • flash - indicates the softkey is set to generate a flash event when it is pressed, or a feature key is pressed on the ct handsets. The ip phone generates flash ...

  • Page 983

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-209 range none line speeddial dnd blf list ("blf\list" in the aastra web ui) acd (“auto call distribution” in the aastra web ui) dcp (“directed call pickup” in the aastra web ui) xml webapps flas...

  • Page 984

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-210 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – topsoftkeyn label top softkeys->label (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the text ...

  • Page 985

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-211 parameter – topsoftkeyn value top softkeys->value (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the value you assign to the so...

  • Page 986

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-212 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide format integer default value not applicable range n/a example topsoftkey1 value: 9 topsoftkey2 value: 411 topsoftkey4 value: http://10.50.10.140 script.Pl?Name=$$...

  • Page 987

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-213 parameter – topsoftkeyn line top softkeys->line (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->softkeys and xml configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the line associated with the sof...

  • Page 988

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-214 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide handset feature key settings for the 9480i ct and 6757i ct parameter – featurekeyn type type (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->handset keys configuration files...

  • Page 989

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-215 example featurekey1 type: line featurekey2 type: public featurekey3 type: park featurekey4 type: pickup parameter – featurekeyn label label (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->handset keys c...

  • Page 990

    Expansion module key settings for m670i (6753i, 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct) and m675i (for 6755i, 6757i, 6757i ct) parameter – expmodx keyn type type (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->expansion module n configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the type of softkey to configure. Valid types are...

  • Page 991

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-217 format • sprecode - indicates the softkey is configured to automatically activate specific services offered by the server. For example, if the sprecode value of *82 is configured, then by pre...

  • Page 992

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-218 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide range • none • line • speeddial • dnd • blf • list ("blf\list" in the aastra web ui) • acd (“auto call distribution” in the aastra web ui) • dcp (“directed call p...

  • Page 993

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-219 parameter – expmodx keyn label label (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->expansion module n configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the text label that displays on the softkey for t...

  • Page 994

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-220 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – expmodx keyn value value (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->expansion module n configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description the text label that ...

  • Page 995

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-221 example expmod1 key1 value: 9 expmod1 key2 value: 411 expmod1 key3 value: 123456+ (example of a speeddial prefix) draft 1.

  • Page 996

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-222 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – expmodx keyn line line (in web ui) aastra web ui operation->expansion module n configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description this is the line assoc...

  • Page 997

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-223 customizing the key type list softkeys, programmable keys, expansion module keys parameter – softkey selection list configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify whic...

  • Page 998

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-224 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide default value range any of the key types in the “default value” field above. Example softkey selection list: blf, speeddial, line, xml • none • lcr • line • call ...

  • Page 999

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-225 handset feature keys (for ct models only) parameter – feature key selection list configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify which key types to display and the orde...

  • Page 1000

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-226 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide locking softkeys and programmable keys parameter – softkeyn locked configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description locks the specified softkey on the 9480i, 9480...

  • Page 1001

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-227 parameter – prgkeyn locked configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description locks the specified top softkey on the 9143i, 6753i, or 6755i ip phone. Locking the key prevents a user from changi...

  • Page 1002

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-228 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – expmodx keyn locked configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description locks the specified top softkey on the 5-series expansion module attached to the ...

  • Page 1003

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-229 locking the save and dlete keys (6753i) parameter – prgkey1 locked configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to lock or unlock the save key on the 6753i ip phone. When the s...

  • Page 1004: Blf List Uri Settings

    Softkey/programmable key/feature key/expansion module key parameters a-230 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide enabling/disabling ability to add/edit speeddial keys blf list uri settings parameter – speeddial edit configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you...

  • Page 1005: Display

    Customizing m675i expansion module column display 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-231 customizing m675i expansion module column display expansion module 1 through 3 parameter – expanmodxpagenleft configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify a customized heading for the ...

  • Page 1006

    Customizing m675i expansion module column display a-232 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – expanmodxpagenright configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to specify a customized heading for the m675i expansion module, in the right column of a ...

  • Page 1007: Blind Transfer Setting

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-233 advanced operational parameters the following parameters in this section allow the system administrator to set advanced operational features on the ip phones. Blind transfer setting update caller id setting. Parameter – sip canc...

  • Page 1008

    Advanced operational parameters a-234 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide boot sequence recovery mode settings. Parameter – force web recovery mode disabled configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the forcing web recovery mode feature. If this ...

  • Page 1009

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-235 single call restriction setting parameter – two call support two call support (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip->rtp settings configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables or disables the single ...

  • Page 1010: Blacklist Duration Setting

    Advanced operational parameters a-236 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide blacklist duration setting whitelist proxy setting parameter – sip blacklist duration blacklist duration (aastra web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->global sip settings-> advanced sip settings c...

  • Page 1011: Xml Key Redirection Settings

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-237 xml key redirection settings (for redial, xfer, conf, icom, voicemail) parameter – redial script configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies a redial script for the phone to use. When this parameter is set, pressi...

  • Page 1012

    Advanced operational parameters a-238 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide parameter – icom script configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies an icom script for the phone to use. When this parameter is set, pressing the icom key gets the specified uri from t...

  • Page 1013

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-239 options key redirection setting (services key on 6751i) off-hook and xml application interaction setting parameter – options script configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies an options script for the phone to us...

  • Page 1014

    Advanced operational parameters a-240 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml override for a locked phone setting symmetric udp signaling setting parameter – xml lock override configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the method to use for overriding a loc...

  • Page 1015: User-Agent Setting

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-241 user-agent setting gruu and sip.Instance support parameter – sip user-agent configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows you to enable or disable the addition of the user-agent and server sip headers in the sip stack....

  • Page 1016: Dns Query Setting

    Advanced operational parameters a-242 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dns query setting parameter – sip dns query type configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description specifies the domain name service (dns) query method to use when the phone performs a dns lookup. For...

  • Page 1017

    Advanced operational parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-243 ignore out of order sip requests configuration encryption setting parameter – sip accept out of order requests configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description enables a workaround for non-compliant sip devices (for example, ast...

  • Page 1018: Troubleshooting Parameters

    Troubleshooting parameters a-244 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide troubleshooting parameters the following parameters in this section allow the system administrator to set logging and support settings for troubleshooting purposes. Log settings parameter – log server ip ...

  • Page 1019

    Troubleshooting parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-245 parameters – log module module/debug level (in web ui) aastra web ui advanced settings->troubleshooting-> module/debug level configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg description allows enhanced severity filtering of log calls sent as blo...

  • Page 1020

    Troubleshooting parameters a-246 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide range examples enter a debug level value in the “ debug level ” field for a module. Example 1 to turn two or more debug levels on at the same time, you add the value associated with each level. For exampl...

  • Page 1021: Watchdog Settings

    Troubleshooting parameters 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 a-247 watchdog settings parameter – watchdog enable watchdog (in web ui) configuration files aastra.Cfg, .Cfg aastra web ui advanced settings->troubleshooting description enables/disables the use of the watchdog task for the ip phones. For...

  • Page 1022

    Troubleshooting parameters a-248 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 1023: Appendix B

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 b-1 appendix b configuring the ip phone at the asterisk ip pbx about this appendix introduction this appendix describes how to setup a user’s phone with an extension to make and receive calls using the asterisk as the pbx. Topics this appendix covers the following t...

  • Page 1024

    Ip phone at the asterisk ip pbx c-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ip phone at the asterisk ip pbx the following configuration illustrates how to create a user with an extension to make and receive calls using the asterisk as the pbx. This configuration is defined in ...

  • Page 1025

    Ip phone at the asterisk ip pbx 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-3 ;able to use it. In this example' sip' is used. You can use ;whatever you like, but make sure they are the same, you will ;need to make an entry in your extensions.Conf file (which we ;will get to later) context=sip callerid="phon...

  • Page 1026

    Draft 1.

  • Page 1027: Appendix C

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-1 appendix c sample configuration files about this appendix introduction this appendix provides sample configuration files for the 6757i, 6757i ct, and 6753i. Topics this appendix covers the following topics: topic page sample configuration files page c-2 6757i sa...

  • Page 1028: Sample Configuration Files

    Sample configuration files c-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sample configuration files this section consists of the sample configuration files necessary to configure the ip phones. The general format is similar to configuration files used by several unix-based progr...

  • Page 1029

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-3 # the aastra 6757i, 6757ict, and 6753i phones will download 2 # configuration files from the tftp server while restarting, the # "aastra.Cfg" file and the ".Cfg" file. These two configuration # files can be used to configure all of the...

  • Page 1030

    Sample configuration files c-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # network settings ## = = = = = = = = # notes: if dhcp is enabled, you do not need to set these network # settings. Although depending on you dhcp server configuration you # may still have to set the dns ad...

  • Page 1031

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-5 # nat device between the server and the phone, then you must set the # following two parameters for the phone to function correctly. #sip nortel nat support: 1 # 1 = enabled #sip nortel nat timer: 60 # seconds between keep alive messag...

  • Page 1032

    Sample configuration files c-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ## = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = # notes: this section defines which server the phone retrieves new # firmware images and configuration files from. Three protocols are # supported tftp, ftp and http downloa...

  • Page 1033

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-7 # # (1) the entered number is an exact match in the dial plan # (2) the "#" symbol has been pressed # (3) a timeout occurs # # the dial plan is a regular expression that supports the following # syntax: # # 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,*,# : ma...

  • Page 1034

    Sample configuration files c-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide #sip dial plan terminator: 1 # enable sending of the "#" symbol to # to the proxy in the dial string #------------------------------------------------------------------ # general sip settings # = = = = = = ...

  • Page 1035

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-9 sip screen name: joe smith # the name display on the phone's screen sip user name: 4256 # the phone number sip display name: joseph smith # the caller name sent out when making # a call. Sip vmail: *78 # the number to reach voicemail o...

  • Page 1036

    Sample configuration files c-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sip line3 vmail: *78 # configure line 5 (a soft key line) as an ordinary line # of a test server sip line5 screen name: test 1 sip line5 user name: 5551001 sip line5 display name: test 1 sip line5 auth nam...

  • Page 1037

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-11 # with it as seen here in the default softkey settings. # softkey types: "line", "speeddial", "blf", "list", "dnd" # softkey label: alpha numeric name for the softkey. The maximum # number of characters for this value is 10 for # spee...

  • Page 1038

    Sample configuration files c-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide softkey8 line: 1 # list softkey11 type: list softkey12 type: list 6757i ct sample configuration file # sample configuration file # ========================= # date: october 26th, 2005 # phone model: 6757ic...

  • Page 1039

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-13 # "aastra.Cfg" file and the ".Cfg" file. These two configuration # files can be used to configure all of the settings of the phone with # the exception of assigning a static ip address to a phone and line # settings, which should only...

  • Page 1040

    Sample configuration files c-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # network settings # ================ # notes: if dhcp is enabled, you do not need to set these network # settings. Although depending on you dhcp server configuration you # may still have to set the dns a...

  • Page 1041

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-15 #ip: # this value is unique to each phone on a server # and should be set in the ".Cfg" file if # setting this manually. #subnet mask: #default gateway: #dns1: #dns2: # time server settings # ==================== #time server disabled...

  • Page 1042

    Sample configuration files c-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide #sip nortel nat timer: 60 # seconds between keep alive messages # option 2: # # if you are using a session border controller, you should set the # outbound proxy to the session border controller address #s...

  • Page 1043

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-17 # notes: this section defines which server the phone retrieves new # firmware images and configuration files from. Three protocols are # supported tftp, ftp and http download protocol: tftp # valid values are tftp, ftp and http ## tft...

  • Page 1044

    Sample configuration files c-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # as you dial a number on the phone, the phone will initiate a call # when one of the following conditions are meet: # # (1) the entered number is an exact match in the dial plan # (2) the "#" symbol has b...

  • Page 1045

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-19 # with a 0 or 1, any 5 digit number # beginning with a number between 2 and 8 # (inclusive) or a 12 digit number # beginning with 91 #sip dial plan terminator: 1 # enable sending of the "#" symbol to # to the proxy in the dial string ...

  • Page 1046

    Sample configuration files c-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # l1 to l4 on the 6757i and 6757ict # l1 to l3 on the 6753i # # these can be over-ridden on a per-line basis using the per-line # settings. # # see the admin guide for a detailed explaination of how this w...

  • Page 1047

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-21 # configure line 3 as the support broadsoft sca line # - the proxy and registrar settings are taken from the global # settings above sip line3 screen name: support sip line3 user name: 4000 sip line3 display name: aastra support sip l...

  • Page 1048

    Sample configuration files c-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # softkeys can be set either server wide or unique to each phone. # setting softkeys as line/call appearances should be done in the # ".Cfg" file, since these are unique to each phone. # notes: # # there a...

  • Page 1049

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-23 softkey2 type: speeddial softkey2 label: "call return" softkey2 value: *69 # dnd key softkey4 type: dnd softkey4 label: dnd # line appearance softkey6 type: line softkey6 label: test 1 softkey6 line: 5 # blf softkey8 type: blf softkey...

  • Page 1050

    Sample configuration files c-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # aastra.Cfg or the .Cfg files. # # the feature keys are displayed when the user presses the f button # on the cordless phone's hand set. If any changes to the features # keys are made using these paramete...

  • Page 1051

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-25 feature key 0 gr label: "gr-line 1" # german label for the key. Displayed when the phone's language # is set to use german feature key 0 it label: "it-line 1" # italian label for the key. Displayed when the phone's language # is set t...

  • Page 1052

    Sample configuration files c-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # 58 - menu (options) # 59 - feature key # 60 - redial # 61 - directory # 62 - callers' list # 63 - services # 86 - icom #feature key 0 base event: 1 # indicates a corresponding action to perform on the ba...

  • Page 1053

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-27 feature key 0 hs event: 7 feature key 0 base event: 1 feature key 1 en label: "conf." feature key 1 fr label: "fr-conf." feature key 1 sp label: "sp-conf." feature key 1 control: 1 feature key 1 hs event: 8 feature key 1 base event: 1...

  • Page 1054

    Sample configuration files c-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide feature key 5 hs event: 62 feature key 5 control: 1 feature key 5 base event: 13 feature key 6 en label: "top" feature key 6 fr label: "fr-top" feature key 6 sp label: "sp-top" feature key 6 hs event: 17 f...

  • Page 1055

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-29 6753i sample configuration file # sample configuration file #= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = # date: october 26th, 2005 # phone model: 6753i # notes: # # the general format used here is similar to configuration files # used ...

  • Page 1056

    Sample configuration files c-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # the "aastra.Cfg" file configures the settings server wide, while # the ".Cfg" file configures only the phone with the mac # address for which the file is named (for example, # "00085d0304f4.Cfg"). The se...

  • Page 1057

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-31 #ip: # this value is unique to each phone on a server # and should be set in the ".Cfg" file if # setting this manually. #subnet mask: #default gateway: #dns1: #dns2: # time server settings # ===================== #time server disable...

  • Page 1058

    Sample configuration files c-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide #sip nortel nat timer: 60 # seconds between keep alive messages draft 1.

  • Page 1059

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-33 # option 2: # # if you are using a session border controller, you should set the # outbound proxy to the session border controller address #sip outbound proxy: sbc.Aastra.Com #sip outbound proxy port: 0 # a value of 0 enables srv # lo...

  • Page 1060

    Sample configuration files c-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 1061

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-35 ## tftp server settings tftp server: 192.168.0.130 #alternate tftp server: #use alternate tftp server: 1 # if your dhcp server assigns # a tftp server address which # you do not use, you can use # the alternate tftp server. ## ftp ser...

  • Page 1062

    Sample configuration files c-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # draft 1.

  • Page 1063

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-37 # 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,*,# : matches the keypad symbols # x : matches any digit (0...9) # + : matches 0 or more repetitions of the # : previous expression # [] : matches any number inside the brackets # : can be used with a "-" to repr...

  • Page 1064

    Sample configuration files c-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide # general sip settings # ====================== #sip session timer: 30 # enable support of rfc4028, the default # value of 0 disables this functionality #sip transport protocol: 0 # use udp (1), tcp (2) or...

  • Page 1065

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-39 sip auth name: jsmith # account used to authenticate user sip password: 12345 # password for authentication account sip mode: 0 # line type: # 0 - generic, # 1 - broadsoft sca line # 2 - nortel line sip proxy ip: proxy.Aastra.Com # ip...

  • Page 1066

    Sample configuration files c-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sip line5 screen name: test 1 sip line5 user name: 5551001 sip line5 display name: test 1 sip line5 auth name: 5551001 sip line5 password: 5551001 sip line5 mode: 0 sip line5 proxy ip: 10.50.10.102 sip lin...

  • Page 1067

    Sample configuration files 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 c-41 # prgkey value: if prgkey type is a speeddial, any dtmfs (from # 0 - 9, *, "#") or a comma (,) for 500ms pause and # 'e' for on-hook can be set for the value. # if prgkey type is blf it is the extension you want # to monitor. # prgkey...

  • Page 1068

    Draft 1.

  • Page 1069: Appendix D

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 d-1 appendix d sample blf softkey settings about this appendix introduction this appendix provides sample blf softkey settings for both the asterisk server and the broadsoft broadworks server. Topics this appendix covers the following topics: topic page sample blf s...

  • Page 1070: Sample Blf Softkey Settings

    Sample blf softkey settings d-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide sample blf softkey settings asterisk blf the following are sample softkey and programmable key configurations to enable asterisk blf support on aastra ip phones. 6757i and 6757i ct configuration parameters...

  • Page 1071: Broadsoft Broadworks Blf

    Sample blf softkey settings 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 d-3 broadsoft broadworks blf the following are sample softkey and programmable key configurations to enable broadsoft broadworks busy lamp field support on aastra ip phones. 6757i and 6757i ct configuration parameters for broadsoft broadw...

  • Page 1072

    Draft 1.

  • Page 1073: Appendix E

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 e-1 appendix e sample multiple proxy server configuration about this appendix introduction this appendix provides a sample multiple proxy server configuration. Topics this appendix covers the following topics: topic page multiple proxy server configuration page e-2 ...

  • Page 1074

    Multiple proxy server configuration e-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide multiple proxy server configuration multiple proxy servers can be configured in the aastra.Cfg file or the .Cfg file. In the example below, the default proxy setting is used if no specific setting ...

  • Page 1075

    Multiple proxy server configuration 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 e-3 sip line2 mode: 0 sip line2 user name: sip line2 display name: sip line2 screen name: #line 3 sip line3 auth name: sip line3 password: sip line3 mode: 0 sip line3 user name: sip line3 display name: sip line3 screen name: #line...

  • Page 1076

    Draft 1.

  • Page 1077: Appendix F

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-1 appendix f creating and managing xml applications about this appendix introduction this appendix provides information required to create an xml application for use on the ip phones. Topics this appendix covers the following topics: topic page creating an xml app...

  • Page 1078

    About this appendix f-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide execute commands object (for executing xml commands) page f-43 xml uri for key press simulation page f-60 dynamic configuration object (to push a configuration to the phone) page f-64 xml image objects (9480i, 948...

  • Page 1079: Creating An Xml Application

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-3 creating an xml application overview this section describes how to create an xml application for your ip phones. This section includes: • xml format • creating xml objects • creating custom softkeys • http post • xml schema file xml f...

  • Page 1080: Creating Xml Objects

    Creating an xml application f-4 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide creating xml objects this section describes how to create xml objects. The ip phone xml api supports the following proprietary objects that allow for the customization of the ip phone’s display. • text men...

  • Page 1081: Creating Custom Softkeys

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-5 creating custom softkeys developers can link arbitrary uris to softkeys in the xml screens and can invoke softkey behavior to each xml screen type (text menu, text screen, user input, directory). A developer can define up to six softk...

  • Page 1082

    Creating an xml application f-6 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide text menu object (menu screens) the text menu object allows application developers to create a numerical list of menu items on the ip phones. The go-to line support, arrow indicator, and scroll key support...

  • Page 1083

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-7 xml example: traffic reports rss_to_xml.Pl employee list employees.Xml weather http://10.50.10.52/weather.Pl xml screen example: note: the maximum number of items to be included in a text menu object is 15. Phone services 1.Traffic re...

  • Page 1084

    Creating an xml application f-8 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide turning off automatic numbering of menu items when implementing the aastraipphonetextmenu object, you can turn off automatic numbering of the items in a list using the style=”none " attribute. Xml descript...

  • Page 1085

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-9 xml screen example: the following example shows the items in the text menu without the item numbering. Phone services traffic reports employee list weather select done draft 1.

  • Page 1086

    Creating an xml application f-10 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using bullets in menu items when implementing the aastraipphonetextmenu object, you can use bullets to list items using the style=”bullet " attribute. Xml description: you use this attribute as follows. A...

  • Page 1087

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-11 xml screen example: the following example shows the items in the text menu without the item numbering. Phone services select done traffic reports employee list weather draft 1.

  • Page 1088

    Creating an xml application f-12 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide text wrap for xml textmenu items the aastraipphonetextmenu object supports text wrapping on two lines for its items. This is done using a new attribute called " wraplist ". This attribute allows you to sp...

  • Page 1089

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-13 configuring the text wrapping parameter you use the following parameter with the xml aastraipphonetextmenu object: • wraplist example wraplist =”yes”.... .....> draft 1 wraplist =”yes”.... .....> draft 1.

  • Page 1090

    Creating an xml application f-14 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide text screen object (text screens) you use the aastraipphonetextscreen object to display text to the lcd screen on the ip phone. The screen text wraps appropriately and can scroll to display a message long...

  • Page 1091

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-15 xml example 1: destroyonexit = "yes"> screen object destroyonexit = "yes"> the screen object can be implemented similar to the firmware info screen. Note that white space is preserved in xml so the display should word-wrap appropriat...

  • Page 1092

    Creating an xml application f-16 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml example 2: doneaction =”http://10.50.10.117/ test.Xml”> screen object doneaction =”http://10.50.10.117/ test.Xml”> for more information about this test, press done. Xml screen example 2: note: this ex...

  • Page 1093

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-17 xml answer and ignore softkeys when the ip phone receives an xml application (either via a post or an incoming action uri) while a call is coming into the phone, the user can either answer or ignore the call with new softkeys that di...

  • Page 1094

    Creating an xml application f-18 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml example: answer softkey:answer answer softkey:ignore xml screen example: for 9143i, 6753i: • an line displays on the lcd when the phone receives an incoming call at the same time it receives an xml ap...

  • Page 1095

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-19 implementation (9143i, 6753i) xml example: allowanswer = "yes"> screen object allowanswer = "yes"> the screen object can be implemented similar to the firmware info screen. Note that white space is preserved in xml so the display sho...

  • Page 1096

    Creating an xml application f-20 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide • the second block displays below the first block. By default, the second text block displays as scrolling text. This block takes up as many lines as the xml developer specifies, up to the lcd screen size...

  • Page 1097

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-21 xml example: the following is an example of using the aastraipphoneformattedtextscreen object with a static line at the top and bottom blocks and 2 scrolling lines in the middle block. Double " align=" left ">a line of static text 2 ...

  • Page 1098

    Creating an xml application f-22 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dialpad passthrough for objects on the ip phones, an xml developer can control digit passthrough while the phone is in the connected state. (this feature is only applicable to phones in the connected stat...

  • Page 1099

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-23 userinput object (user input screens) the aastraipphoneinputscreen object allows application developers to create screens for which the user can input text where applicable. (line 1 is a title, line 4 is an input prompt, and line 5 i...

  • Page 1100

    Creating an xml application f-24 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml description: "yes/no" destroyonexit = "yes/no"> title string, usually same as menu title "yes/no" destroyonexit = "yes/no"> enter ip address or host name target receiving the input parameter added to ...

  • Page 1101

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-25 xml example: server ip: http://10.50.10.53/script.Pl proxy xml screen example: proxy server backspace done server ip: dot cancel draft 1.

  • Page 1102

    Creating an xml application f-26 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide implementation (number) the following is how you would implement the userinput object using numbers. Softkeys: • 1=backspace, • 5=cancel, • 6=done xml example : port: http://10.50.10.53/script.Pl port 506...

  • Page 1103

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-27 implementation (string) the following is how you would implement the userinput object using strings in xml. Softkeys : • 1=backspace, • 2=dot, • 3=tri-mode key, • 4=nextspace, • 5=cancel, • 6=done xml example : enter something http:/...

  • Page 1104

    Creating an xml application f-28 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml softkey for special characters (user input screens for 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct only) the ip phone can dynamically receive a symbol list when it receives the aastraipphoneinputscree...

  • Page 1105

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-29 implementation softkeys: • 1 = xml softkey example: symbols softkey:symbollist="@#=&" xml object and softkey example: symbols softkey:symbollist="@" backspace softkey:exit dot softkey:exit email address: http://myserver.Com/myscript....

  • Page 1106

    Creating an xml application f-30 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml softkeys for drop, conf, and xfer the drop , conf and xfer softkeys can be customized to use with xml objects and display on xml screens as required. These custom softkeys are active only in the conne...

  • Page 1107

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-31 for all phones, once the user presses the custom softkey ( drop , conf , xfer ), the softkey disappears after the action is performed. For example, after pressing the xfer key on an active call from an xml screen, the xfer key disapp...

  • Page 1108

    Creating an xml application f-32 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide ip phones 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i/6757i ct ip phone 9143i, 6753i international time enter current time: time 14:23:22 ip phones 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i/6757i ct ip phone 9143i, 6753i note: if ...

  • Page 1109

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-33 united states date enter birthday: date 12/22/1980 ip phones 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i/6757i ct ip phone 9143i, 6753i international date enter birthday: date ip phones 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i/6757i ct ip phone 9143i, 6753i ...

  • Page 1110

    Creating an xml application f-34 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide multiple input fields (user input screens) you can have multiple input fields per aastraipphoneinputscreen object.The following specifications apply to this feature: • multiple input fields are applicable...

  • Page 1111

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-35 you use the following attributes to create multiple input fields using the aastraipphoneinputscreen object. Example the following is an example aastraipphoneinputscreen script using the multiple input field feature: http://10.50.10.1...

  • Page 1112

    Creating an xml application f-36 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide time: time 10:50:24am date: date 01/24/07 datedone softkey:submit posting the above aastraipphoneinputscreen xml script displays the following screens on the ip phone. Screen 1 note: notice that the curso...

  • Page 1113

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-37 scolling down changes to the next input field. Screen 2 note : notice that the softkeys change to reflect the new input type, timeus. Scrolling down again goes to the next page of inputs. Screen 3 note: notice that the softkeys chang...

  • Page 1114

    Creating an xml application f-38 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide condensed mode screen if you use the attribute “ displaymode = “condensed ” in the root tag ( screen 4 ), the display changes to have prompt and inputs on the same line. The behavior of the screens using ...

  • Page 1115

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-39 directory object (directory list screen) the directory object allows you to browse an online directory in real time. It displays an automatically numbered list of contacts. By selecting a contact with the cursor, the contact can be d...

  • Page 1116

    Creating an xml application f-40 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml example : next="more.Xml" previous="back.Xml"> 6757i - john doe 1 10.50.10.49 6753i - john doe 2 4326 6757i ct - john doe 3 9982691234 xml screen example: : note: the maximum number of items to be inc...

  • Page 1117

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-41 status message object (idle screen) the ip phones support an xml aastraipphonestatus object for displaying status messages on a single designated line on the phone’s idle screen. The messages display when the server pushes xml inform...

  • Page 1118

    Creating an xml application f-42 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml examples example 1 : the following is an example of using the aastraipphonestatus object: abc12345 server side call forwarding disabled in this example, the aastraipphonestatus object sends the defaul...

  • Page 1119

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-43 execute commands object (for executing xml commands) an aastraipphoneexecute object on the ip phones allows the phone to execute commands using xml. The phones support the following execute object commands: • reset - this command wai...

  • Page 1120

    Creating an xml application f-44 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using the reset command the tag can be entered with the command the phone should execute. Upon receiving an aastraipphoneexecute object, the phone begins executing the url or uri specified. The following ...

  • Page 1121

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-45 using the fastreboot command using an xml post, the fastreboot feature forces a phone to reboot in the idle state. It does not check for new firmware and only downloads language packs if there is a change in the supported filenames o...

  • Page 1122

    Creating an xml application f-46 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the command for led control is sent using the xml http post from one of the xml push server lists. The following example shows an xml led command in an aastraipphoneexecute script. Using the lock and unlo...

  • Page 1123

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-47 example 3: phone is getting booted. Startup action uri is called. Server responses with: unlock "/> the phone gets unlocked and the second url gets loaded . Using rtp and multicast rtp commands the ip phones have rtp and multicast rt...

  • Page 1124

    Creating an xml application f-48 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rtprx the rtprx uri instructs the phone to receive a unicast rtp stream or stop receiving unicast or multicast rtp streams. The rtprx formats to use with the aastraipphoneexecute object in the uri are: • ...

  • Page 1125

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-49 rtptx the rtptx uri instructs the phone to transmit a unicast rtp stream or to stop transmitting unicast or multicast rtp streams. The rtptx formats to use with the aastraipphoneexecute object in the uri are: • rtptx:i:p • rtptx:stop...

  • Page 1126

    Creating an xml application f-50 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide rtpmrx the rtpmrx uri instructs the phone to receive a multicast rtp stream. The rtpmrx format to use with the aastraipphoneexecute object in the uri is: • rtpmrx:i:p:v where i specifies the multicast ip ...

  • Page 1127

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-51 rtpmtx the rtpmtx uri instructs the phone to transmit a multicast rtp stream. The rtpmtx format to use with the aastraipphoneexecute object in the uri is: • rtpmtx:i:p where i specifies the multicast ip address to which an rtp stream...

  • Page 1128

    Creating an xml application f-52 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using rtp recording and simultaneous playing (not supported on 6751i) the ip phones allow for rtp recording and simultaneous playing of an audio file via xml execute commands. An administrator can use the...

  • Page 1129

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-53 the following scenarios assume that a request for sending mixed rtp is initiated. Phone state action when rtp transmitting phone is in idle state. The phone initiates a new rtp session on the paging line and the paging line displays....

  • Page 1130

    Creating an xml application f-54 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide receiving rtp when a phone receives a request for receiving rtp: • if there is an existing audio path, (handset, headset, or speakerphone), the phone uses it to play the incoming rtp stream on top of the ...

  • Page 1131

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-55 examples the following are examples of using the “ mix ” and “ disableicon ” execute commands with the aastraipphoneexecute object. These commands apply to both the rtp and multicast rtp xml commands (rtptx, rtprx, rtpmtx, rtpmrx). •...

  • Page 1132

    Creating an xml application f-56 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide using commands for playing a wav file the ip phones allow a wav file to be played or stopped via xml execute commands. A wav file is an audio file format standard for storing an audio bit stream on a syst...

  • Page 1133

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-57 xml command: wav.Play the wav.Play xml execute command starts the streaming of a wav file. You enter this command with the aastraipphoneexecute object in the following format: wav.Play:http://[username[:password]@][/]/ the following ...

  • Page 1134

    Creating an xml application f-58 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide the 9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i, and 6757i ct screens display the following during wav streaming. To abort the wav streaming, a user can press any of the following: • goodbye key • drop softkey • line k...

  • Page 1135

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-59 using commands to reset local data on the phone the phones allow xml commands that you can use to delete and reset the phone’s directory, callers list, redial list, and the local.Cfg file. You use these commands with the aastraipphon...

  • Page 1136

    Creating an xml application f-60 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml uri for key press simulation the phones provide a feature that allow an xml developer or administrator to define xml key uris that can send key press events to the phone, just as if the physical hard ...

  • Page 1137

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-61 expansion module keys key:expmod1softkey1 to key:expmod1softkey60 expansion module 1 softkeys 1 to 60 note: the phone ignores uri expansion module key events if the keys are not physically present on the expansion module. Key:expmod2...

  • Page 1138

    Creating an xml application f-62 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide examples there are two ways to format the xml key uri: for xml post messages example: key:directory directory key key:options options key key:save save key key:delete delete key key:swap swap key key:good...

  • Page 1139

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-63 for xml key scripts example: key: line1 keypad1 key: line1 draft 1.

  • Page 1140

    Creating an xml application f-64 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide dynamic configuration object (to push a configuration to the phone) the ip phones provide an xml feature that allows you to make configuration changes to the phone that take affect immediately, without ha...

  • Page 1141

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-65 xml example: the following is an example of an xml configuration script that creates a softkey you can press on the ip phone to push the configuration from the server to the phone: softkey1 label john doe softkey1 type speeddial soft...

  • Page 1142

    Creating an xml application f-66 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide settype attribute used with configuration object the ip phones include an attribute, “ settype ”, to be used with the aastraipphoneconfiguration xml object. The aastraipphoneconfiguration object allows yo...

  • Page 1143

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-67 the following are examples of using the the “ remote ”, “ local ”, and “ override ” values with the settype attribute and the aastraipphoneconfiguration object. Remote setting examples (default) the following are examples that are th...

  • Page 1144

    Creating an xml application f-68 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide local setting example the following is an example of using the settype=”local” setting for a specific configuration item (softkey1 label). Settype="local" > softkey1 label test result : the value of " sof...

  • Page 1145

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-69 example of using multiple “settype” values the following is an example of using multiple “ settype” values for mutitple configuration items (softkey1, softkey2). Settype="local" > softkey1 label test settype="override" > softkey2 lab...

  • Page 1146

    Creating an xml application f-70 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml image objects (9480i, 9480i ct, 6755i, 6757i/6757i ct only) the 9480i/9480i ct, 6755i, and 6757i/6757i ct ip phones provide an xml feature that allows you to load images in xml applications that displ...

  • Page 1147

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-71 you can include images with an xml object in two ways: • using pixel data stored with specified tags • using an internal bitmap loaded via a specified uri the following paragraphs describe each of the image objects and how you can us...

  • Page 1148

    Creating an xml application f-72 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml example : the xml script for the aastraipphoneimagescreen object is as follows: horizontalalign = "left,middle,right,'pixel'" height="'integer'", width="'integer'"> ff00f800ff00ffffffffffff00ff00ff00f...

  • Page 1149

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-73 aastraipphoneimagemenu the aastraipphoneimagemenu object allows you to use a bitmap image to display as a menu. Each menu item is linked to a keypad key (0-9, *, #). You can use this type of image object when you want to display menu...

  • Page 1150

    Creating an xml application f-74 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide each uri is appended to the “base” uri if one exists. The default softkey is a “done” key at the bottom right position. It is a parse error if two uris specify the same index. Xml screen example : note: t...

  • Page 1151

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-75 aastraipphonetextmenu (icon menu) the aastraipphonetextmenu (icon menu) object is identical to the “text menu object (menu screens)” described on page f-6 , except a small icon image appears after the menu number and before the text ...

  • Page 1152

    Creating an xml application f-76 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml screen example : using the you can incorporate the use of an attribute in the xml script to define the images you will use with the aastraipphonetextmenu object. After you define the icons in the , yo...

  • Page 1153

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-77 you can use one or both ways to load images within the same xml script. The softkey icons display at the edge of the screen. Any xml object that supports softkeys can support the optional tag. Xml example : the following example illu...

  • Page 1154

    Creating an xml application f-78 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide xml screen example: ip phone internal icon images the ip phones have internal icon images you can use when specifying the “icon:” attribute in the . The following table lists the internal icons you can sp...

  • Page 1155

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-79 arrowup arrowdown arrowsupanddown filledcircle emptycircle envelope prohibit square ellipse tailarrowup tailarrowdown uri name displays this: draft 1.

  • Page 1156

    Creating an xml application f-80 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide attributes/options to use with xml objects beep attribute (configurable via xml objects, config files, or aastra web ui) you can enable or disable a “beep” option to indicate a status on the phone using t...

  • Page 1157

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-81 timeout attribute (configurable via xml objects only) the xml “ timeout” attribute allows you to specify a timeout value for the lcd screen display. You must use the “ timeout ” aattribute in the root. When the phone receives an xml ...

  • Page 1158

    Creating an xml application f-82 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide lockin attribute (configurable via xml objects only) the xml “ lockin” attribute allows you to specify whether or not the information on the lcd screen stays displayed when other events occur (such as pre...

  • Page 1159

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-83 cancelaction attribute (configurable via xml objects only) the xml “ cancelaction” attribute allows you to specify a uri that a get is executed on when the user presses the default cancel key. You can add this optional feature at the...

  • Page 1160: Http Post

    Creating an xml application f-84 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide http post in addition to initiating a request to an xml application from the services menu, an http server can push an xml object to the phone via http post. The phone parses this object immediately upon ...

  • Page 1161

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-85 example 2 : below is a sample php source code which sends an xml object to an aastra phone. # function push2phone($server,$phone,$data) { # url-encode the xml object $xml = "xml=".Urlencode($data); $post = "post / http/1.1\r"; $pos...

  • Page 1162

    Creating an xml application f-86 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide http refresh header you can use an http refresh header with the xml screen objects on the ip phones. This feature provides the following: • all current xml screen objects have the ability to be refreshed ...

  • Page 1163: Xml Schema File

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-87 http language header you can use an http language header with the xml screen objects on the ip phones. By including the language information in the http header, the http get includes the phone model, the firmware and the mac address ...

  • Page 1164

    Creating an xml application f-88 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide draft 1.

  • Page 1165

    Creating an xml application 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-89 draft 1.

  • Page 1166: Managing Xml Applications

    Managing xml applications f-90 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide managing xml applications description this section provides information on managing xml applications on the aastra ip phones. Support of virtual web servers the ip phones support the configuration of a web ...

  • Page 1167: Xml Sip Notify

    Managing xml applications 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 f-91 xml sip notify in order for an xml push to bypass the nat/firewall, the phone supports a proprietary sip notify event (aastra-xml) with or without xml content. If xml content is provided in the sip notify, it is processed directly by t...

  • Page 1168

    Managing xml applications f-92 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide when the phone receives the sip notify, it will trigger the action uri xml sip notify parameter , if it has been previously configured using the configuration files or the aastra web ui. If the action uri x...

  • Page 1169: Limited W

    41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 warranty-1 limited w a rranty limited warranty aastra telecom warrants this product against defects and malfunctions during a one (1) year period from the date of original purchase. If there is a defect or malfunction, aastra telecom shall, at its option, and as the...

  • Page 1170: Limited W

    Warranty-2 41-001160-03, rev 00, release 2.4 ip phone administrator guide limited w a rranty warranty repair services should the set fail during the warranty period: in north america, please call 1-800-574-1611 for further information. Outside north america , contact your sales representative for re...

  • Page 1171: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-1 index 802.1x support 6-31 802.1x local certificate 3-91 802.1x private key 3-91 802.1x root and intermediate certificates 3-90 802.1x trusted certificates 3-91 certificates and private key info 6-31 configuring using the aastra web ui 6-39 configuring using t...

  • Page 1172: Index

    Index-2 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index bla support for mwi 5-231 blacklist duration 6-22 blf configuring 5-173 directed call pickup 5-129 on asterisk 5-172 on broadsoft 5-172 overview 5-169 setting 5-169 subscription period 5-176 subscription period, configuring 5-176 , 5-198 blf key 5-147 b...

  • Page 1173: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-3 index option 77 user class 4-14 options 60, 66, and 43 4-8 using 1-33 using option 43 to customize the phone 4-9 dhcp config option override (configuration files) 3-42 dhcp user class 3-42 dial plan configuring 5-57 dial plan, emergency 5-16 dial plan, emerge...

  • Page 1174: Index

    Index-4 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index g general preferences 3-19 goodbye key canceling incoming call using 5-85 goodbye key 1-7 group call pickup (gcp) key 5-148 gruu support 6-45 h handsfree key 1-8 hold key 1-7 hostname 3-40 http and https support 2-6 http post g-84 http/https and broadso...

  • Page 1175: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-5 index specifying using the aastra web ui 5-46 specifying using the configuration files 5-44 specifying using the ip phone ui 5-44 last call return (lcr) configuring 5-245 how it works 5-245 lcr key 5-150 line key 5-147 , 5-159 line settings 3-71 line/call app...

  • Page 1176: Index

    Index-6 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index nortel nat timer 3-45 nortel nat traversal enabled 3-45 nortel proxy 4-31 ntp time servers 3-46 o operational features 5-5 operational features, advanced 6-3 configuring line number 6-5 configuring mac address 6-5 configuring message sequence for blind ...

  • Page 1177: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-7 index message waiting indicator a-153 missed call summary subscription period a-102 missed call summary subscription, global a-101 missed call summary subscription, per-line a-103 missed calls indicator settings a-131 nat a-29 out of order sip requests a-243 ...

  • Page 1178: Index

    Index-8 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index public key 5-161 q qos 4-54 r reason header field in sip message 6-52 redial key 1-7 enabling/disabling 5-113 mapping as speeddial 5-114 repair 0-2 requirements, ip phone 1-34 restarting ip phone 3-13 ring tone global ring tone 3-27 patterns used for 5-...

  • Page 1179: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-9 index display name 3-56 line mode 3-57 password 3-57 phone number 3-56 screen name 3-56 screen name 2 3-56 user name 3-56 sip settings, network backup proxy port 3-58 backup proxy server 3-58 backup registrar port 3-60 backup registrar server 3-60 outbound pr...

  • Page 1180: Index

    Index-10 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index watchdog feature 9-12 watchdog tasks for a-247 tx/rx adjustments about 5-357 configuring 5-358 type of service rtcp 3-51 rtp 3-51 sip 3-51 u upgrading, firmware 8-2 upnp configuring 4-51 , a-37 description of 4-50 upnp gateway 3-44 upnp manager 3-44 us...

  • Page 1181: Index

    41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index-11 index scroll delay for status messages 5-316 settype attribute used with object g-66 sip notify events 5-339 softkey uris 5-345 special character softkeys g-28 status message beep 5-315 text wrapping g-12 time and date formats g-31 turning off automatic numb...

  • Page 1182: Index

    Index-12 41-001160-00, release 2.2 rev 05 index draft 1.

  • Page 1183

    Draft 1.

  • Page 1184

    Sip ip phone administrator guide models 9143i, 9480i, 9480i ct, and 675xi series © 2008 aastra telecom inc. If you’ve read this owner’s manual and consulted the troubleshooting section and still have problems, please visit our website at www.Aastratelecom.Com or call 1-800-574-1611 for technical ass...